INDUSTRIAL &
COMMERCIAL
TRANSPORTATION
Terminals and Connectors
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Contents
General Information
About TE Connectivity................................................................... 2
TE.com.................................................................................................. 3
Introduction to Connectors.......................................................4-5
Connector Series Overview.................................................... 6-10
AMP Products
AMPSEAL Connectors.............................................................11-20
AMPSEAL 16 Connectors.......................................................21-34
Circular DIN Connectors........................................................35-44
HDSCS Connectors.................................................................45-62
LEAVYSEAL Connectors....................................................... 63-78
Superseal 1.0 Connectors......................................................79-84
DEUTSCH Products
AEC Series................................................................................. 85-90
DRB Series...................................................................................91-98
DRC Series................................................................................99-108
DT Family.................................................................................109-132
HD10 Series.............................................................................133-144
HD30 & HDP20 Series........................................................ 145-160
STRIKE Series.......................................................................... 161-168
Common Contacts............................................................... 169-180
Tooling........................................................................................181-190
Specialty Products
Bussing Options.....................................................................191-194
Controller Area Networks.................................................195-207
Diodes & Resistors............................................................. 205-208
Printed Circuit Board Connectors................................209-222
Single Terminal..................................................................... 223-228
Additional Resources
Modification List..................................................................230-238
Other TE Industrial & Commercial Transportation
Products................................................................................ 239-240
Requirements & Standards........................................................ 241
Glossary.................................................................................. 242-247
Index........................................................................................ 248-252
TE Connectivity Industrial & Commercial Transportation
We go to extremes to make sure EVERY CONNECTION COUNTS.
TE Connectivity’s (TE) products are in nearly every
high-tech product imaginable. From consumer
electronics, health care, energy supply, and
communication networks, to the transportation and
aviation industries, TE’s extensive portfolio of over
500,000 products keep the world connected. TE’s
intelligent and robust solutions and technologies
carry over to the industrial and heavy duty vehicle
markets. TE offers products that work just as hard
as the vehicles in which they are installed.
Years ago, tractors, construction equipment,
trucks, and boats had simple electrical systems that might have included electrical starting and a
basic lighting package. Today, ECUs, joysticks, fuel-efficient engines, LED lights, and CAN systems are
standard equipment. The need to protect sensitive electrical systems from vibration, moisture, dust,
dirt, salt and airborne particles has never been greater. TE Industrial & Commercial Transportation is a
leader in supporting today’s increasingly complex and sophisticated equipment and applications.
TE’s comprehensive line of Industrial & Commercial Transportation products include an unparalleled
portfolio of rugged electrical connector products and sensor technologies. TE’s environmentally sealed
connectors are designed to withstand the harshest environmental conditions and to keep vehicles
moving forward. TE’s portfolio of heavy duty sensors help vehicles operate safer, cleaner, and smarter.
From heavy duty trucks to construction equipment, mining vehicles to fire trucks, as well as boats,
motorcycles, and tractors, leading manufacturers count on TE Industrial & Commercial Transportation.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
TE Connectivity Industrial & Commercial Transportation
Online Resources
The TE Connectivity Industrial & Commercial Transportation’s website is an innovative and interactive source for
application information, product updates, and technical solutions.
PRODUCT LITERATURE AND VIDEOS
TE Industrial & Commercial Transportation offers a variety of product
specific catalogs, brochures, and videos to better serve you.
For more information on literature for TE Industrial & Commercial
Transportation, please contact your representative or go to
http://www.te.com/usa-en/industries/truck-bus-off-road-vehicles/
ictliterature.html
To view videos about TE Industrial & Commercial Transportation, please
go to http://www.te.com/usa-en/industries/truck-bus-off-road-vehicles/
ict-video-index.html
TE INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION PRODUCTS
For more information on TE Industrial & Commercial Transportation
products, please go to http://www.te.com/usa-en/
industries/truck-bus-off-road-vehicles/products.html
PRODUCT INFORMATION CENTER (PIC)
You can rely on TE Connectivity’s PIC team to provide support for
answers to your general information or technical questions in an efficient
and effective manner.
Connect with our PIC staff, http://www.te.com/usa-en/customer-support/
email.html
PAGE 3
Introduction to Connectors
In heavy industries, electrical systems must stand up to rigorous conditions and all weather environments.
Failure in an electrical system can be expensive to diagnose and down equipment can stop entire operations.
As equipment becomes increasingly sophisticated and reliant on electronic packaging and diagnostics, design
engineers know the importance of choosing environmentally sealed electrical connectors capable of holding up
to extreme conditions. Many manufacturers count on TE Connectivity Industrial & Commercial Transportation’s
electrical connectors to maintain their electrical connections.
Benefits of industrial connectors
There are many different connectors for harsh environments and connector selection for each specific application is important. Once the questions of wire gauge and pin count have been addressed, the environmental
challenges specific to each application must be identified, including if the electrical system will be exposed to
heat, impact or vibration. Other elements that need to be addressed include if the connectors will be susceptible to moisture or chemicals and field serviceability. Developed with simplicity of design and ease of use in
mind, TE connectors offer a variety of innovative solutions to suit nearly any application and stand up to environmental challenges.
Whether for a new application or a retrofit, connectors provide simplified design and wiring, and easy field
repairs. TE Industrial & Commercial Transportation’s connector applications include ECUs, joysticks, industrial
and marine engines, control boxes, lights and CAN systems, just to mention a few. TE Industrial & Commercial
Transportation’s connector series offer several features designed to combat environmental challenges.
Connector features help protect electrical connections
Connector bodies must be able to stand up to environmental conditions. Rugged all-metal bodies and
corrosion resistant thermoplastic shells are manufactured from high quality materials selected for their ability
to withstand years of environmental exposure. Metal connectors are built to withstand the force and shock of
hard impacts that connectors face in rough environments. High-grade thermoplastic connectors are lightweight
and are engineered to be flame resistant and extremely chemical resistant. Different connector body materials
are available to meet diverse application requirements.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Introduction to Connectors
Proper contact alignment is another important aspect
of environmentally sealed electrical connectors. Secondary locks snap into or onto the mating face of a
connector to help confirm the contacts slide together
properly when the connectors are mated. Many of TE
Industrial & Commercial Transportation’s connectors
feature secondary locks that are commonly referred
to as wedgelocks, terminal position assurance (TPA),
or primary latch reinforcement (PLR). Wedgelocks,
TPAs, and PLRs provide additional stability to both
the contact barrel and the mated connectors.
A firm, secure locking mechanism that can withstand
vibration and shock is critical to maintain a steadfast
connector engagement in rugged applications. TE Industrial & Commercial Transportation’s connectors are held
together by push-latches, threaded coupling rings, or tightened together by jackscrews. The locking mechanisms are easy to engage and disengage and give an audible or tactile signal when they are securely fastened.
Once fastened, the locking mechanisms prevent disengagement due to vibration or impact.
Since even a small degradation in electrical connections can be critical to industrial vehicles, manufacturers are
turning to TE Industrial & Commercial Transportation’s environmentally sealed electrical connectors to keep
their equipment running. Connectors are increasingly needed as industrial equipment becomes more complex
and reliant on electronic control units, CAN systems, and on-board communications systems. With a wide variety of industrial electrical connectors, manufacturers can find a connector for nearly any application. No matter
the environment, TE’s industrial connectors provide the innovative solutions demanded by harsh conditions.
TE’s dedication to quality and innovation has created a unique system of easy-to-use connectors to simplify
processes from start to finish.
PAGE 5
Connector Series Overview
Connector Series Overview
TE Connectivity connectors offer different shapes, latching mechanisms, mounting styles, and materials
to meet diverse application requirements and offer accessories to further expand the series’ flexibility.
Below is an overview of each connector series that highlights the cavity count, wire gauge, material, and
locking mechanism style. For complete series information, please see the series section of the catalog.
AEC Series
•
Accepts contact size 16 (13 amps)
•
14-20 AWG (2.00-0.50 mm2)
•
40 cavity arrangement
•
In-line
•
Square, thermoplastic housing
•
Jackscrew for mating
AMPSEAL Connectors
•
Accepts contact size 1.3 mm (up to 17
amps gold, up to 8 amps tin)
•
16-20 AWG (1.25-0.50 mm2)
•
8, 14, 23, and 35 cavity arrangements
•
PCB mount
•
Rectangular, thermoplastic housing
•
Integrated latch for mating
•
Integrated wedgelock confirms contact
alignment and retention
•
Product specification documents: 108-1329 and 114-16016
AMPSEAL 16 Connectors
•
Accepts contact size HDSF 16 (up to 13 amps)
•
14-20 AWG (2.00-0.50 mm2)
•
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, and 12 cavity arrangements
•
In-line mount
•
Rectangular, thermoplastic housing
•
Integrated latch for mating
•
Integrated Primary Latch Reinforcement (PLR) confirms
contact alignment and retention
•
Product specification documents: 108-2184, 114-13045,
and 114-13065
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Connector Series Overview
Circular DIN Connectors
•
Accepts contact size 2.5 mm (up to 40 amps)
•
2.50-0.20 mm2
•
2, 3, and 4 cavity arrangements
•
In-line, flange, or PCB mount
•
Circular, thermoplastic housing
•
Coupling ring for mating
•
Product specification documents: 108-18621 and 114-18255
DRB Series
•
Accepts contact sizes 4 (100 amps), 8 (60 amps),
12 (25 amps), 16 (13 amps), and 20 (7.5 amps)
•
6-22 AWG (16.00-0.35 mm2)
•
48, 60, 102, and 128 cavity arrangements
•
Flange mount
•
Rectangular, thermoplastic housing
•
Jackscrew for mating
•
Wedgelocks confirm contact alignment and retention
DRC Series
•
Accepts contact sizes 16 (13 amps), and 20 (7.5 amps)
•
14-22 AWG (2.50-0.35 mm2)
•
24, 38, 40, 50, 60, 64, 70, and 76 cavity arrangements
•
In-line, flange, or PCB mount
•
Rectangular, thermoplastic housing
•
Jackscrew for mating
DT Series
•
Accepts contact size 16 (13 amps)
•
14-20 AWG (2.00-0.50 mm2)
•
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, and 12 cavity arrangements
•
In-line, flange, or PCB mount
•
Rectangular, thermoplastic housing
•
Integrated latch for mating
•
Wedgelocks confirm contact alignment and retention
•
Product specification document: 108-151009
PAGE 7
Connector Series Overview
DTHD Series
•
Accepts contact sizes 4 (100 amps), 8
(60 amps), and 12 (25 amps)
•
6-14 AWG (16.00-2.00 mm2)
•
1 cavity arrangement
•
In-line or flange mount
•
Circular, thermoplastic housing
•
Integrated latch for mating
DTM Series
•
Accepts contact size 20 (7.5 amps)
•
14-22 AWG (2.50-0.35 mm2)
•
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, and 12 cavity arrangements
•
In-line, flange, or PCB mount
•
Rectangular, thermoplastic housing
•
Integrated latch for mating
•
Wedgelocks confirm contact alignment and retention
•
Product specification document: 108-151010
DTP Series
•
Accepts contact size 12 (25 amps)
•
10-14 AWG (6.00-2.00 mm2)
•
2 and 4 cavity arrangements
•
In-line, flange, or PCB mount
•
Rectangular, thermoplastic housing
•
Integrated latch for mating
•
Wedgelocks confirm contact alignment and retention
DTV Series
•
Accepts contact size 16 (13 amps)
•
14-20 AWG (2.00-0.50 mm2)
•
18 cavity arrangement
•
Flange mount
•
Rectangular, thermoplastic housing
•
Integrated latch for mating
•
Wedgelocks confirm contact alignment and retention
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Connector Series Overview
HD10 Series
•
Accepts contact sizes 4 (100 amps), 12
(25 amps), and 16 (13 amps)
•
6-20 AWG (16.00-0.50 mm2)
•
3, 4, 5, 6, and 9 cavity arrangements
•
In-line, flange, or PCB mount
•
Circular, thermoplastic housing
•
Coupling ring for mating
HD30 Series
•
Accepts contact sizes 4 (100 amps), 8 (60 amps),
12 (25 amps), 16 (13 amps), and 20 (7.5 amps)
•
6-22 AWG (13.00-0.35 mm2)
•
2, 6, 8, 9, 14, 16, 18, 19, 20, 21, 23, 29, 31, 33,
35, and 47 cavity arrangements
•
In-line or flange mount
•
Circular, aluminum housing
•
Coupling ring for mating
HDP20 Series
•
Accepts contact sizes 4 (100 amps), 8 (60 amps),
12 (25 amps), 16 (13 amps), and 20 (7.5 amps)
•
4-22 AWG (25.00-0.35 mm2)
•
2, 6, 7, 8, 9, 14, 16, 18, 19, 20, 21, 23, 29, 31,
33, 35, and 47 cavity arrangements
•
In-line or flange mount
•
Circular, thermoplastic housing
•
Coupling ring for mating
HDSCS Connectors
•
Accepts contact sizes 6.3 (up to 40 amps), 2.8
(up to 40 amps), and 1.5K (up to 20 amps)
•
6.00-0.20 mm2
•
2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 15, 16, and 18 cavity arrangements
•
In-line or flange mount
•
Rectangular, thermoplastic housing
•
Slide lock for mating
•
Integrated secondary lock confirms contact alignment
and retention
•
Product specification documents: 108-94020 and 114-18756
PAGE 9
Connector Series Overview
LEAVYSEAL Connectors
•
Accepts contact sizes 6.3 (up to 40 amps), 2.8
(up to 40 amps), and 1.5K (up to 20 amps)
•
6.00-0.20 mm2
•
15, 18, 21, 22, 26, 29, 31, 39, 46, 62, and 92 cavity arrangements
•
In-line, flange, or PCB mount
•
Rectangular, thermoplastic housing
•
Lever for mating
•
Integrated secondary lock confirms contact alignment
and retention
•
Product specification documents: 108-18696 and 114-18376
STRIKE Series
•
Accepts contact sizes 16 (13 amps) and 20 (7.5 amps)
•
14-22 AWG (2.50-0.35 mm2)
•
32 and 64 cavity arrangements
•
In-line, flange, or PCB mount
•
Square, thermoplastic housing
•
Lever for mating
•
TPA confirms contact alignment and retention
Superseal 1.0 Connectors
•
Accepts contact size 1.0 mm (up to 15 amps)
•
1.25-0.50 mm2
•
26, 34, and 60 cavity arrangements
•
PCB mount
•
Rectangular, thermoplastic housing
•
Integrated latch for mating
•
TPA confirms contact alignment and retention
•
Product specification documents: 108-78140 and 114-78011
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Contents
AMPSEAL Connector Overview............................12
Product Documentation...........................................12
Performance Specifications....................................12
Material Specifications..............................................13
Dimensions....................................................................13
Configurations..............................................................13
Ordering Information................................................ 14
Accessories....................................................................15
Contacts...................................................................15-16
Tooling.............................................................................17
How To Instructions.............................................18-19
AMPSEAL Connectors
AMPSEAL Connector Overview
AMPSEAL connectors provide rugged reliability and environmental
sealing. They are available in cable plugs and PCB mount headers that
are designed to stand up to high-temperature underhood applications.
The pre-assembled receptacle housing connector features built-in contact
sealing and an integral interfacial seal that protects mated connectors.
APPLICABLE PRODUCT DOCUMENTATION
Additional documentation is available for assistance with AMPSEAL connector products. The following TE
Connectivity document numbers may be helpful:
54285-2 (Catalog Section)
108-1329 (Product Specification)
114-16016 (Application Specification)
408-3229 (Instruction Sheet)
408-9592 (Instruction Sheet, Tooling)
408-9999 (Instruction Sheet, Tooling)
AMPSEAL CONNECTOR PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Current:
Up to 17 amps gold, up to 8 amps tin
Temperature:
Operating at temperatures -40°C to +125°C for gold
plated, -40°C to +105°C for tin plated
Durability:
See note. Mate and unmate specimens for 10 cycles
at maximum rate of 600 cycles per hour.
Physical Shock:
No discontinuities of 1 microsecond or longer duration. TE
Spec 109-26-1. Subject mated specimens to 50 G’s half-sine
shock pulses of 11 milliseconds duration. Three shocks in each
direction applied along 3 mutually perpendicular planes, 18
total shocks. See Fig 5 in TE product document 108-1329.
Insulation Resistance:
100 megohms minimum. TE Spec 109-28-4. Test between
adjacent contacts of mated specimens.
Immersion:
Leakage current not to exceed 50 micro-amperes at 48 volts DC.
TE Spec 109-74-5. Immerse specimens to a depth of 100 mm in 5%
salt water at a temperature of 23 ± 5° C for 1 hour. Check between
adjacent circuits and each surface to reference electrode.
Random Vibration:
See note. TE Spec 109-21-7, Condition G, except 10-500 Hz frequency
range. Subject mated specimens to 10 Gs for 8 hours each plane.
Voltage:
250 volts AC
Note: Shall meet visual requirements, show no physical damage and shall meet requirements of additional tests as specified
in Test Sequence in Figure 3 of TE product document 108-1329.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
AMPSEAL Connectors
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
Wire Seal:
Silicone rubber
Mating Seal:
Silicone rubber
Cover:
Glass filled PBT
Locking Wedge:
PBT
DIMENSIONS
E
B
C
A
E
F
AMPSEAL Receptacle Housing
F
D
G
AMPSEAL Header
Overall
Length
A
Overall
Height
B
Overall
Width
C
Overall Length
Straight
D
Overall
Height
E
Overall
Width
F
Overall
Length 90°
G
8
1.32 (33.6)
1.36 (34.6)
1.08 (27.4)
1.35 (34.3)
1.26 (32.1)
1.61 (40.8)
1.49 (37.9)
14
1.32 (33.6)
1.36 (34.6)
1.39 (35.4)
1.35 (34.3)
1.26 (32.1)
1.92 (48.8)
1.49 (37.9)
23
1.32 (33.6)
1.36 (34.6)
1.87 (47.4)
1.35 (34.25)
1.26 (32.1)
2.39 (60.8)
1.49 (37.9)
35
1.32 (33.6)
1.36 (34.6)
2.50 (63.4)
1.35 (34.25)
1.26 (32.1)
3.03 (76.9)
1.49 (37.9)
Cavity
Dimensions are for reference only.
CONFIGURATIONS
8 Positions
8 size 1.3 mm
14 Positions
14 size 1.3 mm
23 Positions
23 size 1.3 mm
35 Positions
35 size 1.3 mm
PAGE 13
AMPSEAL Connectors
ORDERING INFORMATION
Position
Keyed
Housing
Color
Black
8
Natural
Black
Natural
14
Gray
Blue
Black
Natural
23
Gray
Blue
Black
Natural
35
Gray
Blue
Orange
Contact
Finish
Tin plated
Gold plated
Tin plated
Gold plated
Tin plated
Gold plated
Tin plated
Gold plated
Tin plated
Gold plated
Tin plated
Gold plated
Tin plated
Gold plated
Tin plated
Gold plated
Tin plated
Gold plated
Tin plated
Gold plated
Tin plated
Gold plated
Tin plated
Gold plated
Tin plated
Gold plated
Tin plated
Gold plated
Gold plated
Receptacle
Housing
776286-1
776286-2
776273-1
776273-2
776273-4
776273-5
770680-1
770680-2
770680-4
770680-5
776164-1
776164-2
776164-4
776164-5
776164-6
Right-Angle PCB Header
Vertical PCB Header
Without Seal
With Seal
Without Seal
With Seal
776279-1
776280-1
776275-1
776276-1
1-776279-1
1-776280-1
1-776275-1
1-776276-1
776279-2
776280-2
776275-2
776276-2
1-776279-2
1-776280-2
1-776275-2
1-776276-2
776266-1
776267-1
776261-1
776262-1
1-776266-1
1-776267-1
1-776261-1
1-776262-1
776266-2
776267-2
776261-2
776262-2
1-776266-2
1-776267-2
1-776261-2
1-776262-2
776266-4
776267-4
776261-4
776262-4
1-776266-4
1-776267-4
1-776261-4
1-776262-4
776266-5
776267-5
776261-5
776262-5
1-776266-5
1-776267-5
1-776261-5
1-776262-5
770669-1
776087-1
776200-1
776228-1
1-770669-1
1-776087-1
1-776200-1
1-776228-1
770669-2
776087-2
776200-2
776228-2
1-770669-2
1-776087-2
1-776200-2
1-776228-2
770669-4
776087-4
776200-4
776228-4
1-770669-4
1-776087-4
1-776200-4
1-776228-4
770669-5
776087-5
776200-5
776228-5
1-770669-5
1-776087-5
1-776200-5
1-776228-5
776180-1
776163-1
776230-1
776231-1
1-776180-1
1-776163-1
1-776230-1
1-776231-1
776180-2
776163-2
776230-2
776231-2
1-776180-2
1-776163-2
1-776230-2
1-776231-2
776180-4
776163-4
776230-4
776231-4
1-776180-4
1-776163-4
1-776230-4
1-776231-4
776180-5
776163-5
776230-5
776231-5
1-776180-5
1-776163-5
1-776230-5
1-776231-5
1-776180-6
1-776163-6
-
1-776231-6
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
AMPSEAL Connectors
WIRE SEALING RANGE
The wire sealing range is the recommended outside diameter of the wire insulation required to maintain an
environmental seal in the rear connector cavities.
Contact Size
Standard Seal
1.3 mm
16-20 AWG (1.5-0.5mm2)
.067-.106
(1.7-2.7)
Accessories
Wire relief is available as an accessory for the AMPSEAL 23 and 35 positions connectors. The wire relief offers a
high level of protection and helps reduce strain from the wires.
WIRE RELIEF
Positions
Part Number
Description
23
776464-1
(one half, two halves required per
receptacle housing)
Vertical, sealed receptacle
housing wire relief
(accepts no. 4 self-tapping screw)
35
776463-1
(one half, two halves required per
receptacle housing)
Vertical, sealed receptacle
housing wire relief
(accepts no. 4 self-tapping screw)
Contacts
The AMPSEAL connectors commonly use the 1.3 mm three contact beam lanceless stamped & formed contact
system.
1.3 MM CONTACT PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Durability
TE Spec 109-27. Mate and unmate specimens for 10
cycles at maximum rate of 600 cycles per hour. See
note.
Contact Retention
TE Spec 109-30. Apply an axial load of 115 N to
contacts in the axial direction with wedge lock
in locked position. Contacts shall not dislodge.
Current Rating
Up to 17 amps gold, up to 8 amps tin, consult TE
product document 108-1329.
Crimp Tensile Strength
Contact Size
Tensile Strength
Size 20
80 lbs
Size 18
90 lbs
Size 16
150 lbs
Note: Shall meet visual requirements, show no physical damage and shall meet requirements of additional tests as
specified in Test Sequence in Figure 3 of TE product document 108-1329.
PAGE 15
AMPSEAL Connectors
1.3 MM STAMPED & FORMED CONTACTS FOR AMPSEAL
Receptacle Part Numbers
Size
1.3
mm
Strip Form
Package
Quantity
Loose Piece
Package
Quantity
770520-1
5000
770854-1
1000
770520-3
5000
770854-3
1000
Wire Size
AWG (mm2)
Insulation
Diameter
(mm)
16-20
(1.5-0.5)
.067-.106
(1.7-2.7)
Finish
Pre-tin
plated
Selective
gold plated
SEALING PLUGS
Open cavities provide pathways for contaminates to enter the connectors. To maintain seal integrity, any
unused cavity that has been pierced must be filled with the appropriate size sealing plug.
Color
Part Number
Contact Size
Wire Gauge
Range
Material
White
770678-1
1.3 mm
16-20 AWG
Nylon
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
AMPSEAL Connectors
Tooling
Tools are specific to the contact style. To create a proper crimp and achieve the highest performance
specifications, contacts must be crimped with the recommended tooling.
HAND TOOLS FOR 1.3 MM CONTACTS
PRO-CRIMPER III
Receptacle
Strip Form
770520-1
770520-3
CERTI-CRIMP II
Receptacle
Loose Piece
770854-1
770854-3
Tool P/N
Description
58529-1
PRO-CRIMPER III hand tool
and die set assembly
2217748-1
CERTI-CRIMP II straight
action hand tool
Note: Base PRO-CRIMPER III tool part number with -2 suffix is the part number for the die set, which can be
ordered separately
AUTOMATED TOOLING FOR 1.3 MM CONTACTS
Receptacle
Strip Form
770520-1
770520-3
Applicator P/N
Description
2151376-1
OCEAN end feed applicator
with mechanical feed
2151376-2
OCEAN end feed applicator
with pneumatic feed
Note: Applicators with additional feed styles are available, contact your representative
PAGE 17
AMPSEAL Connectors
How To Instructions
CONTACT INSERTION
Step 1:
Grasp crimped contact
approximately one inch
behind the contact barrel.
Step 2:
Check that the wedgelock
of the plug assembly is in
open position. Align the
contact with the
applicable cavity.
Step 3:
Insert the contact into
the connector cavity until
there is an audible and
tactile click. A slight tug
will verify the contact is
locked in place.
Note
AMPSEAL connector grommet
is solid until pierced.
Step 4:
After all the contacts have
been inserted, close the
wedgelock by simultaneously squeezing locking
latches inward and pushing the wedgelock into the
housing.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
AMPSEAL Connectors
CONTACT REMOVAL
Step 1:
Insert the tip of a screwdriver (2-5mm wide blade)
between the edge of the
plug assembly housing
and one corner of the
wedgelock.
Step 2:
Gently pry the edge of
the wedgelock until it is
released from (but not
completely removed) the
housing. Repeat these
steps for the opposite corner of the wedge.
Step 3:
Gently pull the wire of the
contact to be removed
while rotating the wire (a
quarter turn each direction) back and forth until
the contact is removed
from the housing.
PAGE 19
AMPSEAL Connectors
NOTES:
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Contents
AMPSEAL 16 Connector Overview......................22
Product Documentation..........................................22
Performance Specifications...................................22
Material Specifications.............................................23
Dimensions...................................................................23
Configurations.............................................................23
Ordering Information............................................... 24
Accessories............................................................25-26
AMPSEAL 16 Hybrid Lever.............................. 27-28
Contacts................................................................ 29-30
Tooling...................................................................... 31-32
How To Instructions...........................................33-34
AMPSEAL 16 Connectors
AMPSEAL 16 Connector Overview
The AMPSEAL 16 connector system is targeted for off-road, heavy duty
industrial, recreational and agricultural applications. This wire-to-wire and
wire-to-device connector line was designed to meet the rigorous demands
of an industry that requires the highest standards in performance.
AMPSEAL 16 receptacle and pin housings offer a one-piece approach
and come fully assembled.
APPLICABLE PRODUCT DOCUMENTATION
Additional documentation is available for assistance with AMPSEAL 16 products. The following TE Connectivity
document numbers may be helpful:
1654281-2 (Catalog Section)
108-2184 (Product Specification)
114-13065 (Application Specification)
114-13045 (Application Specification, Contacts)
408-8623 (Instruction Sheet)
501-708 (Qualification Test Report)
AMPSEAL 16 CONNECTOR PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Current:
Up to 13 amps
Temperature:
Operating at temperatures -40°C to +125°C
Durability:
See note. 50 cycles.
Insulation Resistance:
20 megohms minimum. SAE J2030 6.3. Insulation
resistance at 1000 volts DC adjacent terminals measured
after 60 seconds or until stabilization occurs.
Immersion:
IP67 rating
Random Vibration:
No discontinuities. See note. EIA-364-28 Subject mated
specimens to 21 G’s rms between 25 to 2000 Hz. Twenty
hours in each of three mutually perpendicular planes.
Voltage:
250 volts DC
Note: Shall meet visual requirements, show no physical damage, and meet requirements of additional tests as
specified in Product Qualification and Requalification Test Sequence in Figure 3 of TE product document 108-2184.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
AMPSEAL 16 Connectors
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
Wire Seal:
Silicone rubber
Plug Peripheral
Seal:
Silicone rubber
Housing
15% Glass filled thermoplastic
CPA:
15% Glass filled thermoplastic
PLR:
15% Glass filled thermoplastic
DIMENSIONS
B
E
C
A
F
AMPSEAL 16 Receptacle Housing
Cavity Overall Length
A
D
AMPSEAL 16 Cap
Overall Height
B
Overall Width
C
Overall Length
D
Overall Height
E
Overall Width
F
2
1.45 (36.75)
.93 (23.5)
.80 (20.33)
1.87 (47.55)
.75 (18.93)
.77 (19.60)
3
1.45 (36.80)
.93 (23.5)
.98 (24.83)
1.87 (47.55)
.75 (19.15)
.95 (24.10)
4
1.44 (36.70)
1.06 (26.8)
1.00 (25.33)
1.87 (47.55)
.88 (22.45)
.97 (24.60)
6
1.44 (36.60)
1.22 (31.0)
1.00 (25.33)
1.87 (47.55)
1.05 (26.65)
.97 (24.60)
8
1.45 (36.80)
1.24 (31.5)
1.15 (29.33)
1.87 (47.55)
1.05 (26.65)
1.13 (28.60)
12
1.45 (36.80)
1.24 (31.5)
1.51 (38.33)
1.87 (47.55)
1.05 (26.65)
1.48 (37.60)
Dimensions are for reference only.
CONFIGURATIONS
2 Positions
2 size 16
3 Positions
3 size 16
4 Positions
4 size 16
6 Positions
6 size 16
8 Positions
8 size 16
12 Positions
12 size 16
PAGE 23
AMPSEAL 16 Connectors
ORDERING INFORMATION
Position
2
3
4
6
8
12
Receptacle
Receptacle
Housing
Cap
Housing
Cap
Standard Dia. Seal Standard Dia. Seal Reduced Dia. Seal Reduced Dia. Seal
PLR
Color
Keying
Red
Key A
776427-1
776428-1
776522-1
776534-1
Gray
Key B
776427-2
776428-2
776522-2
776534-2
Yellow
Key C
776427-3
776428-3
776522-3
776534-3
Green
Key D
776427-4
776428-4
776522-4
776534-4
Red
Key A
776429-1
776430-1
776523-1
776535-1
Gray
Key B
776429-2
776430-2
776523-2
776535-2
Yellow
Key C
776429-3
776430-3
776523-3
776535-3
Green
Key D
776429-4
776430-4
776523-4
776535-4
Red
Key A
776487-1
776488-1
776524-1
776536-1
Gray
Key B
776487-2
776488-2
776524-2
776536-2
Yellow
Key C
776487-3
776488-3
776524-3
776536-3
Green
Key D
776487-4
776488-4
776524-4
776536-4
Red
Key A
776433-1
776434-1
776531-1
776537-1
Gray
Key B
776433-2
776434-2
776531-2
776537-2
Yellow
Key C
776433-3
776434-3
776531-3
776537-3
Red
Key A
776494-1
776495-1
776532-1
776538-1
Gray
Key B
776494-2
776495-2
776532-2
776538-2
Yellow
Key C
776494-3
776495-3
776532-3
776538-3
Green
Key D
776494-4
776495-4
776532-4
776538-4
Red
Key A
776437-1
776438-1
776533-1
776539-1
Gray
Key B
776437-2
776438-2
776533-2
776539-2
Yellow
Key C
776437-3
776438-3
776533-3
776539-3
Green
Key D
776437-4
776438-4
776533-4
776539-4
Receptacle housing and cap PLR colors are mechanically
keyed to mate only with identical colors.
Part Number Suffix:
-1 = A key (red PLR)
-2 = B key (gray PLR)
-3 = C key (yellow PLR)
-4 = D key (green PLR)
Cap
CPA
(Connector Position
Assurance)
Receptacle
Housing
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
PLR
(Primary Latch
Reinforcement)
AMPSEAL 16 Connectors
WIRE SEALING RANGE
The wire sealing range is the recommended outside diameter of the wire insulation required to maintain an
environmental seal in the rear connector cavities.
Contact Size
Standard Seal
Reduced
Diameter Seal
HDSF 16
14-20 AWG
(2.0-0.5mm2)
.086-.144
(2.18-3.67)
.051-.100
(1.30-2.54)
Accessories
Backshells and mounting clips are accessory items available for use with AMPSEAL 16 connectors. These
accessories cover design requirements by assisting with mounting, providing additional protection, and offering
increased aesthetics.
BACKSHELLS
Part Numbers
Number of
Positions
2
3
4
6
8
12
†
Conduit Size
Standard
Straight
Standard
90°
Low Profile 90°
Rec. Housing
Low Profile 90°
Pin Housing
NC08/NW7.5
2035047-1†
2035048-1†
2035366-1
2098436-1
2035048-5
†
NC12/NW10
-
NC08/NW7.5
2035047-2
2035366-3
2098436-3
†
NC12/NW10
-
NC08/NW7.5
2035047-3
NC12/NW10
2035047-5
NC16/NW13
-
NC08/NW7.5
2035047-4
NC12/NW10
2035048-2
†
2035366-2
2098436-2
†
2035366-4
2098436-4
†
2035048-3
2035366-7
2098436-7
†
2035048-7
2035366-9
2098436-9
2035048-6
†
†
-
1-2035366-1
1-2098436-1
†
-
2035366-8
2098436-8
†
2035047-6
-
1-2035366-0
1-2098436-0
NC16/NW13
-
-
1-2035366-2
1-2098436-2
NC12/NW10
2035047-7
-
-
NC16/NW13
2035047-9
2035047-9
-
-
NC12/NW10
2035047-8
-
-
-
NC16/NW13
1-2035047-0
-
-
-
NC20/NW17
1-2035047-1
-
-
-
-
†
†
†
†
†
†
= Backshell available only with latch window. Can be used for cap assembly if desired.
PAGE 25
AMPSEAL 16 Connectors
BACKSHELLS - NEXT GENERATION
Plug Part Numbers
Number of
Positions
2
3
4
6
8
12
Cap Part Numbers
Conduit Size
Straight Backshell
Part Number
90° Adapter
Part Number
Straight Backshell
Part Number
90° Adapter
Part Number
Smooth
2292797-1
2292849-1
2292860-1
2292849-1
NC12/NW10
2292797-2
2292849-2
2292860-2
2292849-2
NC08/NW7.5
2292797-3
2292849-3
2292860-3
2292849-3
Smooth
2292798-1
2292849-1
2292861-1
2292849-1
NC12/NW10
2292798-2
2292849-2
2292861-2
2292849-2
NC08/NW7.5
2292798-3
2292849-3
2292861-3
2292849-3
Smooth
2292799-1
2292850-1
2292862-1
2292850-1
NC16/NW13
2292799-2
2292850-2
2292862-2
2292850-2
NC12/NW10
2292799-3
2292850-3
2292862-3
2292850-3
Smooth
2292800-1
2292850-1
2292863-1
2292850-1
NC16/NW13
2292800-2
2292850-2
2292863-2
2292850-2
NC12/NW10
2292800-3
2292850-3
2292863-3
2292850-3
Smooth
2292801-1
2292851-1
2292864-1
2292851-1
NC20/NW17
2292801-2
2292851-2
2292864-2
2292851-2
NC16/NW13
2292801-3
2292851-3
2292864-3
2292851-3
Smooth
2292802-1
2292851-1
2292865-1
2292851-1
NC16/NW13
2292802-2
2292851-2
2292865-2
2292851-2
NC12/NW10
2292802-3
2292851-3
2292865-3
2292851-3
Note: Expected availability December 2015, contact your representative
MOUNTING CLIPS
Part Number
Description
1924487-1
Mounting clip without anti-rotational feature
1924487-2
Mounting clip with anti-rotational feature
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
AMPSEAL 16 Connectors
AMPSEAL 16 Hybrid Lever Overview
The AMPSEAL 16 hybrid lever is a sealed connector system
that features a lever slide mechanism for mating and a slide in
mounting clip. The mix of 24 size 16 and 4 size 12 terminals creates
design flexibility for use in various vehicle applications.
The tool-less mounting design, environmental protection, and
temporary panel retention latches (which temporarily hold
the connector in place for one person mounting through the
panel) all reduce application cost and assembly time.
APPLICABLE PRODUCT DOCUMENTATION
Additional documentation is available for assistance with the AMPSEAL 16 hybrid lever product. The following
TE Connectivity document numbers may be helpful:
108-32036 (Product Specification)
114-32117 (Application Specification)
501-32026 (Qualification Test Report)
DIMENSIONS
B
E
C
F
A
D
AMPSEAL 16 Hybrid Lever Receptacle Housing
Cavity Overall Length
A
28
2.08 (52.95)
AMPSEAL 16 Hybrid Lever Cap
Overall Height
B
Overall Width
C
Overall Length
D
Overall Height
E
Overall Width
F
1.82 (46.25)
4.59 (116.5)
2.86 (72.75)
1.91 (48.45)
4.38 (111.25)
Dimensions are for reference only.
CONFIGURATION
28 Positions
24 size 16, 4 size 12
PAGE 27
AMPSEAL 16 Connectors
ORDERING INFORMATION
Position
28
Keying
Plug Housing
Cap Housing
Key A
2138839-1
2138846-1
Key B
2138839-2
2138846-2
Accessories
Wire covers and mounting clips are accessory items available for use with AMPSEAL 16 hybrid lever connectors.
These accessories cover design requirements by assisting with mounting and providing wire strain relief.
WIRE COVER
Part Number
2138853-1
Description
Wire cover for 28 position AMPSEAL 16 hybrid lever
MOUNTING CLIPS
Part Number
Description
2138852-1
Mounting clip, 5 mm panel
2138852-2
Mounting clip, 4 mm panel
2138852-3
Mounting clip, 3 mm panel
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
AMPSEAL 16 Connectors
Contacts
AMPSEAL 16 and AMPSEAL 16 hybrid lever connectors commonly use the HDSF size 16 contact system.
The contacts are round, stamped & formed contacts with dual beam sockets.
HDSF 16 CONTACT PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Durability
SAE J2030 6.11. 50 cycles. See note.
Current Rating
Up to 13 amps, consult TE product
document 108-2184.
Contact Retention
IEC 512-8, Test 51a. Apply axial load of 111 N
to contacts at a maximum rate of 10 N per
second (or 50mm per minute) and hold for
10 seconds. Contacts shall not dislodge.
Crimp Tensile Strength
USCAR 21 @ 50mm/min
Wire Gauge
Tensile Strength
18 AWG
90 N Min
16 AWG
120 N Min
14 AWG
180 N Min
Voltage Drop
Contact
Size
Test Current
Amps
Voltage Drop
(millivolts max)
18
8
100
16
10
100
14
13
100
Note: Shall meet visual requirements, show no physical damage, and meet requirements of additional tests as specified
in the Product Qualification and Requalification Test Sequence in Figure 3 of TE product document 108-2184. USCAR
is a trademark.
PAGE 29
AMPSEAL 16 Connectors
HDSF 16 STAMPED & FORMED CONTACTS FOR AMPSEAL 16 CONNECTORS
Pin Part Numbers
Size
HDSF
16
Strip Form
Package
Quantity
Loose
Piece
Package
Quantity
1924463-1
4000
1924579-1
1000
1924463-3
4000
1924579-3
1000
776349-1
4000
-
-
776349-3
4000
-
-
638078-1
4000
776300-1
1000
638078-3
4000
776300-2
1000
638112-1
4000
776298-1
1000
638112-3
4000
776298-2
1000
2098250-1
4000
-
-
2098250-3
4000
-
-
2098252-1
4000
-
-
2098252-3
4000
-
-
Receptacle Part Numbers
Size
HDSF
16
Strip Form
Package
Quantity
Loose
Piece
Package
Quantity
1924464-1
4000
1924580-1
1000
1924464-2
4000
1924580-2
1000
776493-1
4000
-
-
776493-2
4000
-
-
776492-1
4000
776299-1
1000
776492-2
4000
776299-2
1000
776491-1
4000
776297-1
1000
776491-2
4000
776297-2
1000
2098251-1
4000
-
-
2098251-2
4000
-
-
2098253-1
4000
-
-
2098253-2
4000
-
-
Wire Size
AWG
(mm2)
Insulation
Diameter
(mm)
Wire
Insulation
Support
18-20
(0.8-0.5)
.107-.05
(2.72-1.27)
yes
18-20
(0.8-0.5)
.131-.089
(3.33-2.26)
yes
14-18
(2.0-0.8)
.131-.089
(3.33-2.26)
yes
14-18
(2.0-0.8)
.155-0.077
(3.94-1.96)
no
18
(1.5-0.8)
.118-.065
(3.00-1.65)
yes
14
(2.0-1.5)
.128-.083
(3.25-2.10)
yes
Gold
Nickel
Gold
Nickel
Gold
Nickel
Gold
Nickel
Gold
Nickel
Gold
Nickel
Wire Size
AWG
(mm2)
Insulation
Diameter
(mm)
Wire
Insulation
Support
18-20
(0.8-0.5)
.107-.05
(2.72-1.27)
yes
18-20
(0.8-0.5)
.131-.089
(3.33-2.26)
yes
14-18
(2.0-0.8)
.131-.089
(3.33-2.26)
yes
14-18
(2.0-0.8)
.155-.077
(3.94-1.96)
no
18
(1.5-0.8)
.118-.065
(3.00-1.65)
yes
14
(2.0-1.5)
.128-.083
(3.25-2.10)
yes
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Finish
Finish
Gold
Nickel
Gold
Nickel
Gold
Nickel
Gold
Nickel
Gold
Nickel
Gold
Nickel
AMPSEAL 16 Connectors
SEALING PLUGS
Open cavities provide pathways for contaminates to enter the connectors. To maintain seal integrity, any unused cavity must be filled with the appropriate size sealing plug.
Color
Part Number Contact Size
Wire Gauge
Range
Description
Yellow
776363-1
Size 16
16-20 AWG
PBT, used with AMPSEAL 16
(standard diameter cavities)
White
776364-1
Size 20
16-20 AWG
PBT, used with AMPSEAL 16
(reduced diameter cavities)
Tooling
Tools are specific to the contact style. To create a proper crimp and achieve the highest performance
specifications, contacts must be crimped with the recommended tooling.
HAND TOOLS FOR HDSF 16 CONTACTS
PRO-CRIMPER III
CERTI-CRIMP II
Pin Loose Piece
Socket
Strip Form
Socket
Loose Piece
Tool P/N
Description
1924463-1
1924463-3
1924579-1
1924579-3
1924464-1
1924464-2
1924580-1
1924580-2
2119118-1
PRO-CRIMPER III
hand tool and die
set assembly
638078-1
638078-3
776349-1
776349-3
776300-1
776300-2
776492-1
776492-2
776493-1
776493-2
776299-1
776299-2
91337-1
PRO-CRIMPER III
hand tool and die
set assembly
638112-1
638112-3
776298-1
776298-2
776491-1
776491-2
776297-1
776297-2
2217753-1
CERTI-CRIMP II
straight action
hand tool
Pin Strip Form
Note: Base PRO-CRIMPER III tool part number with -2 suffix is the part number for the die set, which can be ordered separately
PAGE 31
AMPSEAL 16 Connectors
AUTOMATED TOOLING FOR HDSF 16 CONTACTS
OCEAN end
feed applicator
OCEAN side
feed applicator
Pin Strip Form
Socket
Strip Form
1924463-1
1924463-3
1924464-1
1924464-2
638078-1
638078-3
776349-1
776349-3
776492-1
776492-2
776493-1
776493-2
638112-1
638112-3
776491-1
776491-2
2098250-1
2098250-3
2098252-1
2098252-3
2098251-1
2098251-2
2098253-1
2098253-2
Applicator P/N
Description
2151962-1
OCEAN end feed applicator with
mechanical feed
2151962-2
OCEAN end feed applicator with
pneumatic feed
2151731-1
OCEAN end feed applicator with
mechanical feed
2151731-2
OCEAN end feed applicator with
pneumatic feed
2151239-1
OCEAN end feed applicator with
mechanical feed
2151239-2
OCEAN end feed applicator with
pneumatic feed
2151617-1
OCEAN end feed applicator with
mechanical feed
2151617-2
OCEAN end feed applicator with
pneumatic feed
1530207-1
OCEAN side feed applicator that
crops the terminal strip,
for use in lead-maker
1530207-2
OCEAN side feed applicator that
crops the terminal strip,
for use in bench press
1530207-6
OCEAN side feed applicator that
does not crop the terminal strip,
for use in lead-maker
Note: Applicators with additional feed styles are available, contact your representative
EXTRACTION TOOL FOR HDSF 16 CONTACTS
Part Number
776106-1
Description
Contact extraction tool for
HDSF 16 contacts
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
AMPSEAL 16 Connectors
How To Instructions
CONTACT INSERTION
Step 1:
Grasp crimped contact
approximately one inch
behind the contact barrel.
Step 2:
Verify the PLR is in the
pre-staged position,
unlocked.
Step 4:
Push the contact straight
into the connector cavity
until the contact retention
finger returns to its normal position behind the
retention shoulder on the
contact. A slight tug will
verify the contact is locked
in place.
Step 5:
When all of the required
contacts have been
inserted, push the PLR
into the fully locked position.
Step 3:
Align the contact with the
desired circuit cavity at
the rear of the housing
assembly.
PAGE 33
AMPSEAL 16 Connectors
CONTACT REMOVAL
Step 1:
Insert the removal tool
into the PLR extraction
slot and pull until the PLR
is completely removed
from the housing.
Step 2:
Insert the tool into the
contact cavity and deflect the contact retention
finger.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Step 3:
Gently pull the wire until
the contact is free from
the housing.
Contents
Circular DIN Connector Overview...................... 36
Product Documentation......................................... 36
Performance Specifications.................................. 36
Material Specifications............................................ 36
Dimensions...................................................................37
Configurations.............................................................37
Ordering Information............................................... 38
Accessories............................................................38-39
Contacts..................................................................39-41
Tooling.................................................................... 42-44
Circular DIN Connectors
Circular DIN Connector Overview
The Circular DIN connectors are designed to meet the requirements of the
DIN 72585/ISO 15170 standards. They feature a coupling ring for mating.
Circular DIN connectors are suitable for in-line, flange mount, or PCB
applications.
APPLICABLE PRODUCT DOCUMENTATION
Additional documentation is available for assistance with Circular DIN products. The following TE document
numbers may be helpful:
1654286-3 (Catalog Section)
108-18621 (Product Specification)
114-18255 (Application Specification)
CIRCULAR DIN CONNECTOR PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Current:
Up to 40 amps
Temperature:
Operating at temperatures -40°C to +120°C for plastic parts, short term
up to +140°C defined in the standard ISO 15170
Durability:
20 cycles, max. testing requirement in the standard ISO 15170, former
DIN 72585
Insulation Resistance:
No flash over or breakdown between every two contacts or
between every contact and outer contour of the housing
permitted at 1000 volts AC and 50 or 60 Hz for 60 seconds.
Immersion:
No ingress of water is allowed, acc. to DIN 40050-9 IPX7, IPX9K
Vibration:
According to standard ISO 15170, former DIN 72585
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: No flash over or breakdown between every two contacts or
between every contact and outer contour of the housing
permitted at 1000 volts AC and 50 or 60 Hz for 60 seconds.
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
Flange Seal:
Silicone rubber
Housing:
Glass filled PBT and PA
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Circular DIN Connectors
DIMENSIONS
A
ØD
ØB
C
Circular DIN Socket Housing
Cavity Overall Length
A
Circular DIN Pin Housing
Overall Height
ØB
Overall Length
C
Overall Height
ØD
2
1.22 (31.0)
1.29 (32.8)
1.73 (44.0)
1.34 (34.0)
3
1.22 (31.0)
1.29 (32.8)
1.73 (44.0)
1.34 (34.0)
4
1.22 (31.0)
1.29 (32.8)
1.73 (44.0)
1.34 (34.0)
Dimensions are for reference only.
CONFIGURATIONS
2 Positions
2 size 2.5 mm
3 Positions
3 size 2.5 mm
4 Positions
4 size 2.5 mm
PAGE 37
Circular DIN Connectors
ORDERING INFORMATION
Position
Keying Type
Housing Color
Socket Housing
Pin Housing
PCB Header
Vertical
1-967402-3
1394324-1 (tin)
1-967325-3
2
1
Black
2
Gray
3
Green
3-967325-3
-
-
4
Blue
4-967325-3
-
-
1
Black
1-968968-2
(secondary locking)
1-967402-2
1394324-4
2
Gray
2-967325-2
-
-
3
Green
3-967325-2
-
-
4
Blue
4-967325-2
-
-
1-968968-3
(secondary locking)
2-967325-3
2-968968-3
2-967402-3
-
1-967325-2
3
1-967325-1
1
Black
4
1-968968-1
(secondary locking)
1241598-1
(no ventilation disk)
1-967402-1
1394324-2
(tin)
1394324-3
(gold)
1703780-1
(ferrite disk)
2
Gray
2-967325-1
2-967402-1
-
3
Green
3-967325-1
3-967402-1
-
4
Blue
4-967325-1
4-967402-1
-
Accessories
Covers, backshells, and mounting rings are accessory items available for use with Circular DIN connectors.
These accessories cover design requirements by assisting with mounting, providing additional protection,
and offering increased aesthetics.
COVERS
Description
Color
Front cover for socket housing 967325, suitable for IPX9K
Front cover for pin housing 967402, with ring
Front cover for pin housing 967402, without ring
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Part Number
185636-1
Black
1394277-1
1394277-2
Circular DIN Connectors
BACKSHELLS
Description
Color
Part Number
Right-angle adapter with universal clamp
Black
965576-1
Vertical adapter with universal clamp
Black
965784-1
Right-angle adapter for NW 7.5 mm diameter corrugated tubing
Black
185793-1
Right-angle adapter for NW 8.5 mm diameter corrugated tubing
Black
965577-1
Right-angle adapter for NW 10 mm diameter corrugated tubing
Black
965783-1
Vertical adapter for NW 7.5 mm diameter corrugated tubing
Black
185792-1
Vertical adapter for NW 8.5 mm diameter corrugated tubing
Black
965785-1
Vertical adapter for NW 10 mm diameter corrugated tubing
Black
965786-1
Right-angle adapter 4 position for hose
Black
1534789-1
Vertical adapter 4 position for hose
Black
1534791-1
Vertical adapter 4 position for jacketed cable 5.2-6.5 mm
Black
1418916-1
Vertical adapter 4 position for jacketed cable 6.0-9.5 mm
Black
1418917-1
Right-angle adapter 4 position for jacketed cable 5.2-6.5 mm
Black
1418918-1
Right-angle adapter 4 position for jacketed cable 6.0-9.5 mm
Black
1418919-1
MOUNTING RING
Description
Mounting ring for pin housing
Color
Part Number
Black
965687-1
Contacts
The Circular DIN connectors commonly use the 2.5 mm round, two-piece stamped & formed contact
system.
2.5 MM CONTACT PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Durability
Maximum mating cycles
10 (tin)
50 (silver)
100 (gold)
Current Rating
Contact Size
2.5 mm
Max. Current
up to 40 amps
Contact Retention(in housing)
Contact Size
Min. Load
2.5 mm
> 90 N
with secondary retention up to 100 N
Crimp Tensile Strength
Contact Size
Tensile Strength
.35 mm2
≥ 50 N
.5 mm2
≥ 60 N
1.0 mm2
≥ 100 N
1.5 mm2
≥ 150 N
2.5 mm2
≥ 200 N
4.0 mm2
≥ 250 N
PAGE 39
Circular DIN Connectors
2.5 MM STAMPED & FORMED CONTACTS FOR CIRCULAR DIN
Stamped & Formed Pins
Pin Part Numbers
Size
2.5
mm
Strip Form
Package
Quantity
Loose Piece
Package
Quantity
929963-1
3500
962967-1
500
929963-8
3500
962967-8
500
1-929963-0
3500
1-962967-0
500
929964-1
3500
962968-1
500
1-929964-0
3500
1-962968-0
500
929965-1
2500
962969-1
Wire Size
(mm2)
Insulation
Diameter
FLR (mm)
Finish
Tin plated
0.5-1.0
1.4-2.1
≥1.0-2.5
1.9-3.0
500
≥2.5-4.0
2.7-3.6
Tin plated
Wire Size
(mm2)
Insulation
Diameter
FLR (mm)
Finish
0.2-0.4
1.2-2.1
Gold plated
Tin plated
Gold plated
Stamped & Formed Pins with Single Wire Sealing System
Pin Part Numbers
Size
2.5
mm
Strip Form
Package
Quantity
Loose Piece
Package
Quantity
929966-1
3500
962970-1
500
929966-7
3500
962970-7
500
929967-1
3000
962971-1
500
929967-4
3000
962971-4
500
929967-7
3000
962971-7
500
1-929967-4
3000
1-962971-4
500
929967-8
3000
962971-8
500
1-929967-0
3000
1-962971-0
500
929968-1
3000
962972-1
500
929968-4
3000
962972-4
500
929968-7
3000
962972-7
500
929968-8
3000
962972-8
500
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Tin plated
Silver plated
Tin plated
0.5-1.0
1.2-2.1
Silver plated
Gold plated
Tin plated
≥1.0-2.5
2.2-3.0
Silver plated
Gold plated
Circular DIN Connectors
Stamped & Formed Sockets
Socket Part Numbers
Size
2.5
mm
Loose Piece
Package
Quantity
Wire Size
(mm2)
Insulation
Diameter
FLR (mm)
Finish
3000
962976-1
500
0.2-0.4
1.15-1.6
Tin plated
929970-1
3000
962977-1
500
929970-7
3000
962977-7
500
929970-8
3000
962977-8
500
Gold plated
929971-1
3000
962978-1
500
Tin plated
929971-7
3000
962978-7
500
929971-8
3000
962978-8
500
929972-1
3000
962979-1
500
Strip Form
Package
Quantity
929969-1
Tin plated
0.5-1.0
≥1.0-2.5
1.4-2.1
1.9-3.0
Silver plated
Silver plated
Gold plated
≥2.5-4.0
2.7-3.0
Tin plated
Wire Size
(mm2)
Insulation
Diameter
FLR (mm)
Finish
0.2-0.4
1.2-2.1
Tin plated
Stamped & Formed Sockets with Single Wire Sealing System
Socket Part Numbers
Size
2.5
mm
Strip Form
Package
Quantity
Loose Piece
Package
Quantity
929973-1
3000
962980-1
500
929974-1
3000
962981-1
500
929974-4
3000
962981-4
500
929974-8
3000
962981-8
500
929974-7
3000
962981-7
500
1-929974-4
3000
1-962981-4
500
929975-1
3000
962982-1
500
929975-4
3000
962982-4
500
929975-8
3000
962982-8
500
929975-7
3000
962982-7
500
Tin plated
0.5-1.0
1.2-2.1
Gold plated
Silver plated
Tin plated
≥1.0-2.5
2.2-3.0
Gold plated
Silver plated
PAGE 41
Circular DIN Connectors
WIRE SEALS
Wire seals are required for connectors without an integrated rear seal to maintain an environmental seal.
Contact Size
Insulation
Diameter (mm)
Color
Part Number
1.2-2.1 FLR
Gray
828920-1
2.2-3.0 FLR
Violet
828921-1
2.5 mm
Package Quantity
5000
SEALING PLUGS
Open cavities provide pathways for contaminates to enter the connectors. To maintain seal integrity, any
unused cavity must be filled with the appropriate size sealing plug.
Contact Size
2.5 mm
Wire Size
up to 3.0 mm
up to 3.7 mm
Color
Part Number
Natural
828922-1
Green
828922-2
Natural
828986-1
Package Quantity
10,000
Tooling
Tools are specific to the contact style. To create a proper crimp and achieve the highest performance
specifications, contacts must be crimped with the recommended tooling.
PRO-CRIMPER III
CERTI-LOK
HAND TOOL FOR 2.5 MM CONTACTS
Pin
Loose Piece
Socket
Strip Form
Socket
Loose Piece
1-929967-0
1-929967-4
929967-1
929967-4
929967-7
929967-8
1-926971-0
1-926971-4
962971-1
962971-4
962971-7
962971-8
1-929974-4
929974-1
929974-4
929974-7
929974-8
929975-1
929975-4
929975-7
929975-8
1-929964-0
929964-1
1-962968-0
962968-1
929971-1
929971-7
929971-7
Pin Strip Form
Tool P/N
Description
1-962981-4
962981-1
962981-4
962981-7
962981-8
962982-1
962982-4
962982-7
962982-8
58606-1
PRO-CRIMPER III hand tool
and die set assembly
962978-1
962978-7
962978-8
734285-2
CERTI-LOK hand tool
with fixed die
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Circular DIN Connectors
AUTOMATED TOOLING FOR 2.5 MM CONTACTS
OCEAN end
feed applicator
Pin Strip Form
1-929963-0
929963-1
929963-8
OCEAN side
feed applicator
Socket
Strip Form
929970-1
929970-7
929970-8
929966-1
929966-7
929973-1
1-929964-0
929964-1
929971-1
929971-7
929971-8
929965-1
929972-1
Applicator P/N
Description
1426121-1
OCEAN side feed applicator that crops the terminal
strip, for use in lead-maker
1426121-2
OCEAN side feed applicator that crops the terminal
strip, for use in bench press
1426121-6
OCEAN side feed applicator that does not crop the
terminal strip, for use in lead-maker
1528689-1
OCEAN side feed applicator with fine
adjust that crops the terminal strip,
for use in lead-maker
1528689-2
OCEAN side feed applicator with fine
adjust that crops the terminal strip,
for use in bench press
1528689-6
OCEAN side feed applicator that does not crop the
terminal strip, for use in lead-maker
2151732-1
OCEAN end feed applicator with mechanical feed
2151732-2
OCEAN end feed applicator with pneumatic feed
2266503-1
OCEAN end feed applicator with mechanical feed
2266503-2
OCEAN end feed applicator with pneumatic feed
1426425-1
OCEAN side feed applicator that crops the terminal
strip, for use in lead-maker
1426425-2
OCEAN side feed applicator that crops the terminal
strip, for use in bench press
1426425-6
OCEAN side feed applicator that does not crop the
terminal strip, for use in lead-maker
Note: Applicators with additional feed styles are available, contact your representative
PAGE 43
Circular DIN Connectors
AUTOMATED TOOLING FOR 2.5 MM CONTACTS (CONTINUED)
Pin Strip Form
1-929967-0
1-929967-4
929967-1
929967-4
929967-7
929967-8
-
Socket
Strip Form
Applicator P/N
Description
1-929974-4
929974-1
929974-4
929974-7
929974-8
2151139-1
OCEAN end feed applicator with mechanical feed
2151139-1
OCEAN end feed applicator with pneumatic feed
929975-1
929975-4
929975-7
929975-8
2151345-1
OCEAN end feed applicator with mechanical feed
2151345-2
OCEAN end feed applicator with pneumatic feed
Note: Applicators with additional feed styles are available, contact your representative
EXTRACTION TOOL FOR 2.5 MM CONTACTS
Part Number
Description
1-1579007-8
Contact extraction tool for
2.5 mm contact system
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Contents
HDSCS Connector Overview................................ 46
Product Documentation......................................... 46
Performance Specifications.................................. 46
Material Specifications.............................................47
Dimensions...................................................................47
Configurations............................................................ 48
Ordering Information........................................ 49-50
Accessories............................................................. 51-52
Contacts.................................................................53-55
Tooling.....................................................................57-60
How To Instructions........................................... 60-61
HDSCS Connectors
HDSCS Connector Overview
The Heavy Duty Sealed Connector Series (HDSCS) offers several
cavity arrangements and mixed wire sizes. The rugged, thermoplastic
connectors have a secondary lock with poke-yoke feature and can
be used for in-line or flange mount applications. HDSCS connectors
are available in five housing sizes and four keying options.
APPLICABLE PRODUCT DOCUMENTATION
Additional documentation is available for assistance with HDSCS products. The following TE Connectivity
document numbers may be helpful:
1654326-1 (Catalog Section)
108-94020 (Product Specification)
114-18756 (Application Specification)
1563709 (Product Group Drawing)
HDSCS CONNECTOR PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Current:
Up to 40 amps
Temperature:
Operating at temperatures -40°C to +140°C
Durability:
Up to 10 cycles (tin), up to 50 cycles (silver), up to 100 cycles (gold),
see individual product specifications for additional details.
Insulation Resistance:
500 volts DC, test acc. to ISO 16750-2 (4.12).
Immersion:
IP67 rating, IP6K9K with cover, for tab housings with
flange, only by observing mounting instructions.
Random Vibration:
No physical damage of housings and contacts, no derogation of function;
the connection may not open at 177 m/s2, 94 hours for each of the three
axes. See product specification 108-94020 for full specifications.
Voltage:
Up to 42 volts DC
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: No flash over or breakdown between adjacent contacts and outer contour
of the housing permitted at 500 volts AC and 50 or 60 Hz for 60 seconds.
Flammability
Product with UL 94 V0 rated material is available
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
HDSCS Connectors
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
Flange Seal:
Silicone rubber
Seal for
Secondary
Locking:
Silicone rubber
Housing:
Glass filled PBT
Secondary
Locking:
Glass filled PBT
Slide Lock:
Glass filled PBT
DIMENSIONS
E
B
C
F
A
D
HDSCS Receptacle Housing
HDSCS Tab Housing
Overall Length
A
Overall Height
B
Overall Width
C
Overall Length
D
Overall Height
E
Overall Width
F
A
1.23 (31.3)
0.73 (18.5)
1.02 (26.0)
1.64 (47.1)
0.75 (19.0)
1.09 (27.6)
B
1.23 (31.3)
1.01 (25.7)
1.19 (30.2)
1.64 (47.1)
1.06 (27.0)
1.09 (27.6)
C
1.23 (31.3)
1.01 (25.7)
1.23 (31.2)
1.64 (47.1)
1.06 (27.0)
1.28 (32.6)
D
1.23 (31.3)
1.01 (25.7)
1.54 (39.2)
1.64 (47.1)
1.06 (27.0)
1.60 (40.6)
E
1.23 (31.3)
1.01 (25.7)
2.02 (51.2)
1.64 (47.1)
1.06 (27.0)
2.07 (52.6)
Group
Dimensions are for reference only.
PAGE 47
HDSCS Connectors
GROUP A SIZE CONFIGURATIONS
2 Positions
2 size 1.5K
GROUP B SIZE CONFIGURATIONS
2 Positions
2 size 2.8
3 Positions
3 size 1.5K
4 Positions
4 size 2.8
6 Positions
6 size 1.5K
GROUP C SIZE CONFIGURATIONS
2 Positions
2 size 6.3
6 Positions
6 size 2.8
7 Positions
4 size 1.5K
3 size 2.8
8 Positions
8 size 1.5K
GROUP D SIZE CONFIGURATIONS
12 Positions
12 size 1.5K
8 Positions
8 size 2.8
10 Positions
6 size 1.5K
4 size 2.8
GROUP E SIZE CONFIGURATIONS
12 Positions
12 size 2.8
15 Positions
9 size 1.5K
6 size 2.8
16 Positions
12 size 1.5K
4 size 2.8
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
18 Positions
18 size 1.5K
4 Positions
4 size 6.3
HDSCS Connectors
ORDERING INFORMATION
Position
2
(3) 2
2
3
Group
A
A
C
A
B
Contact
Size
2.8
1.5K
6.3
1.5K
2.8
4
E
B
6.3
1.5K
6
C
7
C
2.8
(4) 1.5K
(3) 2.8
Tab Housing
Keying Color
Receptacle
Housing
Flange
Without Flange
Black
1-1418483-1
1-1703841-1
1-1703839-1
Gray
2-1418483-1
2-1703841-1
2-1703839-1
Green
3-1418483-1
3-1703841-1
3-1703839-1
Blue
4-1418483-1
4-1703841-1
4-1703839-1
Black
1-1418448-2
-
-
Gray
2-1418448-2
-
-
Green
3-1418448-2
-
-
Blue
4-1418448-2
-
-
Black
1-1564542-1
1-1564546-1
1-1564544-1
Gray
2-1564542-1
2-1564546-1
2-1564544-1
Green
3-1564542-1
3-1564546-1
3-1564544-1
Blue
4-1564542-1
4-1564546-1
4-1564544-1
Black
1-1418448-1
1-1703843-1
1-1670730-1
Gray
2-1418448-1
2-1703843-1
2-1670730-1
Green
3-1418448-1
3-1703843-1
3-1670730-1
Blue
4-1418448-1
4-1703843-1
4-1670730-1
Black
1-1418390-1
1-1703808-1
1-1703818-1
Gray
2-1418390-1
2-1703808-1
2-1703818-1
Green
3-1418390-1
3-1703808-1
3-1703818-1
Blue
4-1418390-1
4-1703808-1
4-1703818-1
Black
1-1564330-1
-
1-1564534-1
Gray
2-1564330-1
-
2-1564534-1
Green
3-1564330-1
-
3-1564534-1
Blue
4-1564330-1
-
4-1564534-1
Black
1-1418469-1
1-1703820-1
1-1703773-1
Gray
2-1418469-1
2-1703820-1
2-1703773-1
Green
3-1418469-1
3-1703820-1
3-1703773-1
Blue
4-1418469-1
4-1703820-1
4-1703773-1
Black
1-1418437-1
-
-
Gray
2-1418437-1
-
-
Green
3-1418437-1
-
-
Blue
4-1418437-1
-
-
Black
1-1418480-1
1-1670214-1
1-1703648-1
Gray
2-1418480-1
2-1670214-1
2-1703648-1
Green
3-1418480-1
3-1670214-1
3-1703648-1
Blue
4-1418480-1
4-1670214-1
4-1703648-1
PAGE 49
HDSCS Connectors
ORDERING INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
Position
Group
C
Contact
Size
1.5K
8
D
10
D
D
2.8
(6) 1.5K
(4) 2.8
1.5K
12
E
15
16
18
E
E
E
2.8
(9) 1.5K
(6) 2.8
(12) 1.5K
(4) 2.8
1.5K
Tab Housing
Keying Color
Receptacle
Housing
Flange
Without Flange
Black
1-1418479-1
1-1564416-1
1-1564512-1
Gray
2-1418479-1
2-1564416-1
2-1564512-1
Green
3-1418479-1
3-1564416-1
3-1564512-1
Blue
4-1418479-1
4-1564416-1
4-1564512-1
Black
1-1670894-1
-
1-1564522-1
Gray
2-1670894-1
-
2-1564522-1
Green
3-1670894-1
-
3-1564522-1
Blue
4-1670894-1
-
4-1564522-1
Black
1-1564514-1
1-1564518-1
1-1564516-1
Gray
2-1564514-1
2-1564518-1
2-1564516-1
Green
3-1564514-1
3-1564518-1
3-1564516-1
Blue
4-1564514-1
4-1564518-1
4-1564516-1
Black
1-1703639-1
1-1564520-1
1-1564414-1
Gray
2-1703639-1
2-1564520-1
2-1564414-1
Green
3-1703639-1
3-1564520-1
3-1564414-1
Blue
4-1703639-1
4-1564520-1
4-1564414-1
Black
1-1670901-1
-
-
Gray
2-1670901-1
-
-
Green
3-1670901-1
-
-
Blue
4-1670901-1
-
-
Black
1-1563878-1
1-1564532-1
1-1564530-1
Gray
2-1563878-1
2-1564532-1
2-1564530-1
Green
3-1563878-1
3-1564532-1
3-1564530-1
Blue
4-1563878-1
4-1564532-1
4-1564530-1
Black
1-1564337-1
1-1564407-1
1-1564528-1
Gray
2-1564337-1
2-1564407-1
2-1564528-1
Green
3-1564337-1
3-1564407-1
3-1564528-1
Blue
4-1564337-1
4-1564407-1
4-1564528-1
Black
1-1563759-1
1-1564526-1
1-1564412-1
Gray
2-1563759-1
2-1564526-1
2-1564412-1
Green
3-1563759-1
3-1564526-1
3-1564412-1
Blue
4-1563759-1
4-1564526-1
4-1564412-1
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
HDSCS Connectors
Accessories
Several accessory items are available to complement the HDSCS connectors including backshells, fixing slides,
and protection caps. Accessory items cover a wide array of design requirements such as assisting with mounting,
providing additional protection, and offering enhanced aesthetics.
BACKSHELLS
Group
A
B
C
D
E
Part Number
Description
1670365-1
Vertical adapter for NW 8.5 mm diameter corrugated tubing
1670150-1
Right-angle adapter for NW 8.5 mm diameter corrugated tubing
965576-1
Right-angle adapter with universal clamp
965784-1
Vertical adapter with universal clamp
185793-1
Right-angle adapter for NW 7.5 mm diameter corrugated tubing
965577-1
Right-angle adapter for NW 8.5 mm diameter corrugated tubing
965783-1
Right-angle adapter for NW 10 mm diameter corrugated tubing
185792-1
Vertical adapter for NW 7.5 mm diameter corrugated tubing
965785-1
Vertical adapter for NW 8.5 mm diameter corrugated tubing
965786-1
Vertical adapter for NW 10 mm diameter corrugated tubing
1534789-1
Right-angle adapter 4/7 position for hose
1534791-1
Vertical adapter 4/7 position for hose
1418916-1
Vertical adapter 4/7 position for jacketed cable 5.2-6.5 mm
1418917-1
Vertical adapter 4/7 position for jacketed cable 6.0-9.5 mm
1418918-1
Right-angle adapter 4/7 position for jacketed cable 5.2-6.5 mm
1418919-1
Right-angle adapter 4/7 position for jacketed cable 6.0-9.5 mm
1670364-1
Vertical adapter for NW 13 mm diameter corrugated tubing
1670057-1
Right-angle adapter for NW 13 mm diameter corrugated tubing
1563111-1
Vertical adapter for NW 13 mm diameter corrugated tubing
1563110-1
Right-angle adapter for NW 13 mm diameter corrugated tubing
1670866-1
Vertical adapter for NW 17 mm diameter corrugated tubing and hose
1670865-1
Right-angle adapter for NW 17 mm diameter corrugated tubing and hose
PAGE 51
HDSCS Connectors
FIXING SLIDES
Fixing slides are used to help secure HDSCS connectors while mounting them. The locking slides can
accommodate panel thicknesses from 1.0-3.5 mm.
Group
A
B
C
D
E
Part Number
Color
Panel Thickness
1703838-6
Gray
3.5 mm
1703838-1
Yellow
3.0 mm
1703838-2
Red
2.5 mm
1703810-6
Gray
3.5 mm
1703810-1
Yellow
3.0 mm
1703810-2
Red
2.5 mm
1670720-6
Gray
3.5 mm
1670720-1
Yellow
3.0 mm
1670720-2
Red
2.5 mm
1564562-1
Yellow
3.0 mm
1564562-2
Red
2.5 mm
1564562-5
Gray
1.5 mm
1564562-4
Natural
1.0 mm
1564411-6
Gray
3.5 mm
1564411-1
Yellow
3.0 mm
1564411-2
Red
2.5 mm
1564411-5
Gray
1.5 mm
PROTECTION CAPS
The HDSCS protection caps provide an environmental seal and are used to protect the connector interface
when the two halves are not mated.
Group
A
B
C
D
E
Part Number
Housing
2112299-1
Receptacle
2112289-1
Tab
2112300-1
Receptacle
2112291-1
Tab
2112301-1
Receptacle
2112293-1
Tab
2112302-1
Receptacle
2112295-1
Tab
2112303-1
Receptacle
2112297-1
Tab
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
HDSCS Connectors
Contacts
The HDSCS connectors commonly use the AMP MCP stamped & formed contact system.
AMP MCP CONTACT PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Durability
10 cycles (tin)
50 cycles (silver)
100 cycles (gold)
Current Rating
Contact Size Max. Current
1.5K
up to 20 amps
2.8
up to 40 amps
6.3/4.8K
up to 40 amps
Contact Retention
Contact Size
Min. Load
1.5K 40/60 N
2.8
80 N
6.3/4.8K
80 N
Crimp Tensile Strength
Contact Size
Tensile Strength
1.5K
.22 mm2
≥ 32 N
.35 mm2
≥ 50 N
.50 mm2
≥ 60 N
.75 mm2
≥ 85 N
1.0 mm2
≥ 108 N
1.25 mm2
≥ 135 N (16 AWG)
1.5 mm2
≥ 135 N
2.8
.22 mm2
≥ 28 N
.35 mm2
≥ 50 N
.50 mm2
≥ 60 N
.75 mm2
≥ 85 N
1.0 mm2
≥ 108 N
1.5 mm2
≥ 150 N
2.5 mm2
≥ 200 N
6.3./4.8K
.35 mm2 ≥ 50 N
.50 mm2 ≥ 60 N
.75 mm2 ≥ 85 N
1.0 mm2 ≥ 108 N
1.5 mm2 ≥ 150 N
2.5 mm2 ≥ 200 N
4.0 mm2 ≥ 310 N
6.0 mm2 ≥ 450 N
PAGE 53
HDSCS Connectors
AMP MCP CONTACTS FOR HDSCS
Stamped & Formed Tabs with Single Wire Sealing System - AMP MCP
Tab Part Numbers
Size
1.5K
Loose Piece
Package
Quantity
Wire Size
(mm2)
Insulation
Dia. (mm)
FLR
Finish
4000
969029
500
0.2-0.5
1.2-1.6
-2/-3
964269
4000
964270
500
0.5-1.0
1.4-2.1
-2/-3/-5
1703278
4000
1703279
500
1.5
1.9-2.4
-2/-5
965982
3500
965983
500
0.2-0.5
max 2.1
1-xxx-1
1-xxx-3
max 2.1
1-xxx-1
1-xxx-2
1-xxx-3
2-xxx-1
2-xxx-2
2-xxx-3
Strip Form
Package
Quantity
969028
962915
3500
963748
500
0.5-1.0
2.8
962916
3300
963749
500
1.5-2.5
max 3.0
1-xxx-1
1-xxx-2
1-xxx-3
2-xxx-1
2-xxx-2
2-xxx-3
1719504
3200
1719503
500
12 TXL
max 3.2
1-xxx-1
1-xxx-2
1.4-2.1
1-xxx-1
1-xxx-2
2-xxx-1
2-xxx-2
2.2-3.0
1-xxx-1
1-xxx-2
2-xxx-1
2-xxx-2
2.7-3.7
1-xxx-1
1-xxx-2
2-xxx-1
2-xxx-2
962917
6.3/
4.8K
962918
962919
1500
1500
1500
963742
963743
963744
AMP MCP Tab Finish Codes
Finish Code
500
500
500
Finish Code
0.5-1.0
1.5-2.5
>2.5-4.0
Material
Material
1-xxx-2
CuSn, selective silver plated
-2
CuFe2, pre-tin plated
1-xxx-3
CuSn, selective gold plated
-3
CuSn4, gold plated
2-xxx-1
CuFe, pre-tin plated
-5
CuSn4, selective silver plated
2-xxx-2
CuFe, selective silver plated
1-xxx-1
CuSn, pre-tin plated
2-xxx-3
CuFe, selective gold plated
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
HDSCS Connectors
Stamped & Formed Receptacles with Single Wire Sealing System - AMP MCP
Insulation
Diameter (mm)
Receptacle Part Numbers
Size
Strip Form
Package
Quantity
Loose
Piece
Package
Quantity
Wire Size
(mm2)
FLK
FLR
Finish
1564324
4500
1564325
500
0.22-0.35
-
1.1-1.4
-1/-2/-3
1241380
4500
1241381
500
0.5-1.0
-
1.4-2.1
1418884
4500
1418885
500
>1.0-1.5
-
2.2-2.4
-1/-3
968882
4500
968896
500
0.35
-
1.2-1.4
1-xxx-1
1-xxx-3
968855
3500
968875
500
0.5-1.0
-
1.4-2.1
1-xxx-1
1-xxx-2
1-xxx-3
968857
4000
968876
500
>1.0-2.5
-
2.2-3.0
1-xxx-1
1-xxx-3
1241410
1500
1241411
500
0.35-0.5
1.3-2.3
1.2-1.6
-1/-3
1241412
1500
1241413
500
0.5-1.0
2.0-2.7
1.4-2.1
-1/-3
1241414
1500
1241415
500
>1.0-2.5
2.7-3.7
2.2-3.0
-1/-3
1241416
1500
1241417
500
>2.5-4.0
4.1-4.5
3.4-3.7
-1/-3
1241418
1500
1241419
500
4.0-6.0
-
3.4-4.3
-4
1-xxx-3
2-xxx-3
1.5K
2.8
6.3/
4.8K
-1/-2/-3
1-xxx-2*
AMP MCP Receptacle Finish Codes
Finish Code
Material
-1
CuNiSi, pre-tin plated
-2
CuNiSi, selective gold plated
-3
CuNiSi, selective silver plated
-4
CuNiSi, tin-silver pre-plated
1-xxx-1
CuNiSi, pre-tin plated
1-xxx-2
CuNiSi, selective gold plated
1-xxx-2*
CuNiSi, min 1.27 µm
selective gold plated
1-xxx-3
CuNiSi, selective silver plated
PAGE 55
HDSCS Connectors
WIRE SEALS
Wire seals are required for connectors without an integrated rear seal to maintain an environmental seal.
Contact Size
Insulation
Diameter (mm)
Color
Part Number
0.9-1.2
Green
1718705-1
Red
964971-1
Blue
1394133-1
1.4-1.9
Gray
963530-1
1.9-2.1
Yellow
964972-1
1.9-2.4
Orange
2112323-1
1.2-2.1
Blue
2.2-3.0
White
828905-1
1.4-2.0
Yellow
2177018-1
2.0-2.7
White
1394511-1
2.7-2.9
Red brown
1823111-1
3.4-3.7
Blue
1394512-1
4.0-4.5
Green
1719043-1
1.2-1.6
1.5K
2.8
6.3/4.8K
828904-1
828904-2
Package Quantity
10,000
1000
10,000
10,000
SEALING PLUGS
Open cavities provide pathways for contaminates to enter the connectors. To maintain seal integrity, any
unused cavity must be filled with the appropriate size sealing plug.
Contact Size
Wire Size
1.5K
3.6 mm
2.8
5.6 mm
6.3/4.8K
8.5 mm
Color
Part Number
White
963531-1
Natural
1394132-1
Natural
828922-1
Green
828922-2
Transparent
967652-1
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Package Quantity
10,000
HDSCS Connectors
Tooling
Tools are specific to the contact style. To create a proper crimp and achieve the highest performance
specifications, contacts must be crimped with the recommended tooling.
HAND TOOL FOR AMP MCP CONTACTS
Contact
Size
1.5K
2.8
6.3/
4.8K
Tab
Strip Form
Tab
Loose Piece
Receptacle
Strip Form
Receptacle
Loose Piece
Tool P/N
1703278
964269
969028
1703279
964270
969029
-
-
539663-2 (die)
539663-2 (frame)
-
-
1418884
1418885
5-1579001-3 (die)
539635-1 (frame)
-
-
1564324
1564325
4-1579016-0 (die)
539635-1 (frame)
962915
962916
963748
963749
965982
965983
-
-
968882
968896
539725-2 (die)
539635-1 (frame)
962917
962918
962919
963742
963743
963744
-
-
539757-2 (die)
539635-1 (frame)
-
-
1241410
1241412
1241411
1241413
539955-2 (die)
539635-1 (frame)
-
-
1241416
1241414
1241415
1241417
539956-2 (die)
539635-1 (frame)
-
-
1241418
1241419
3-1579021-7 (die)
539635-1 (frame)
-
-
539758-2 (die)
539635-1 (frame)
539737-2 (die)
539635-1 (frame)
Description
ERGOCRIMP
hand tool
and die assembly
ERGOCRIMP
hand tool
and die assembly
ERGOCRIMP
hand tool
and die assembly
PAGE 57
HDSCS Connectors
AUTOMATED FOR AMP MCP CONTACTS
OCEAN end
feed applicator
Contact Size
Tab Strip Form
Receptacle
Strip Form
969028
-
964269
1.5K
1703278
-
-
-
-
1418884
1564324
962915
-
962916
-
2.8
2.8
965982
-
-
968882
2.8
Applicator P/N
Feed Type
2151056-1
Mechanical end feed
2151056-2
Pneumatic end feed
2151935-1
Mechanical end feed
2151935-2
Pneumatic end feed
2266180-1
Mechanical end feed
2266180-2
Pneumatic end feed
2266179-1
Mechanical end feed
2266179-2
Pneumatic end feed
2151469-1
Mechanical end feed
2151469-2
Pneumatic end feed
2151181-1
Mechanical end feed
2151181-2
Pneumatic end feed
2151260-1
Mechanical end feed
2151260-2
Pneumatic end feed
2151840-1
Mechanical end feed
2151840-2
Pneumatic end feed
2151559-1
Mechanical end feed
2151559-2
Pneumatic end feed
Note: Applicators with additional feed styles are available, contact your representative
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
HDSCS Connectors
AUTOMATED FOR AMP MCP CONTACTS (CONTINUED)
Contact Size
Tab Strip Form
Receptacle
Strip Form
962917
-
962918
-
962919
-
-
1241410
-
1241412
6.3/4.8K
-
1241416
-
1241414
-
1241418
Applicator P/N
Description
2266535-1
Mechanical end feed
2266535-2
Pneumatic end feed
2151783-1
Mechanical end feed
2151783-2
Pneumatic end feed
2151782-1
Mechanical end feed
2151782-2
Pneumatic end feed
2151695-1
Mechanical end feed
2151695-2
Pneumatic end feed
2151234-1
Mechanical end feed
2151234-2
Pneumatic end feed
2151151-1
Mechanical end feed
2151151-2
Pneumatic end feed
2266490-1
Mechanical end feed
2266490-2
Pneumatic end feed
2151466-1
Mechanical end feed
2151466-2
Pneumatic end feed
Note: Applicators with additional feed styles are available, contact your representative
PAGE 59
HDSCS Connectors
EXTRACTION AND INSERTION TOOLS FOR AMP MCP CONTACTS
Contact Size
Part Number
Description
539960-1
Extraction
1-1579007-1
Extraction
1579008-9
Insertion
519609-1
Insertion
2.8
6.3/4.8K
1-1579007-6
Extraction
6.3/4.8K
1-1579007-3
Extraction
1.5K
2.8
How To Instructions
CONTACT INSERTION
Step 1:
Grasp crimped contact
approximately one inch
behind the contact barrel.
Step 2:
Make sure the contact
is in the correct orientation. Verify the integrated
secondary lock is in the
unlocked position.
Step 4:
Push the integrated secondary lock into the locked
position with a DT-RT1 or a
screwdriver.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Step 3:
Push contact straight into
connector grommet until
a click is felt. A slight tug
will confirm that it is properly locked in place.
HDSCS Connectors
CONTACT REMOVAL
Step 1:
Using a DT-RT1 or a screwdriver, unlock the integrated secondary lock.
Step 2:
Using the appropriate
extraction tool, insert the
blades into the contact
cavity until they stop.
Step 3:
Pull contact wire assembly
out of connector.
PAGE 61
HDSCS Connectors
NOTES:
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Contents
LEAVYSEAL Connector Overview................... 64
Product Documentation......................................... 64
Performance Specifications.................................. 64
Material Specifications............................................ 64
Dimensions.................................................................. 65
Configurations..................................................... 65-66
Ordering Information.........................................67-68
Accessories.............................................................69-71
Contacts.................................................................. 71-73
Tooling..................................................................... 75-77
How To Instructions..................................................78
LEAVYSEAL Connectors
LEAVYSEAL Connector Overview
The rugged LEAVYSEAL connectors are multi-pin and accept multiple
wire sizes. LEAVYSEAL products utilize a lever lock system for mating
and are available in several mounting styles and keying options. The
housings come in six sizes and feature an integrated cable attachment.
APPLICABLE PRODUCT DOCUMENTATION
Additional documentation is available for assistance with LEAVYSEAL products. The following TE Connectivity
document numbers may be helpful:
1307998-3 (Catalog Section)
108-18696 (Product Specification)
114-18376 (Application Specification)
2293396 (Product Group Drawing)
LEAVYSEAL CONNECTOR PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Current:
Up to 40 amps
Temperature:
Operating at temperatures ranges -40°C to +140°C, see
individual product specifications for specific range.
Durability:
Up to 20 cycles (tin), up to 50 cycles (silver), up to 100 cycles (gold),
see individual product specifications for additional details.
Insulation Resistance:
500 volts DC, see individual product specifications for testing conditions.
Immersion:
IP67 rating, IP6K9K with cover
Voltage:
42 volts AC/DC
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: No flash over or breakdown between adjacent contacts and outer contour
of the housing permitted at 500 volts AC and 50 or 60 Hz for 60 seconds.
Flammability
Product with a UL 94 V0 rated material is available
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
Flange Seal:
Silicone rubber
Housing:
Glass filled PBT
Secondary
Locking:
Glass filled PBT
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
LEAVYSEAL Connectors
DIMENSIONS
E
B
C
F
A
D
LEAVYSEAL Receptacle Housing
LEAVYSEAL Tab Housing
Overall Length
A
Overall Height
B
Overall Width
C
Overall Length
D
Overall Height
E
Overall Width
F
1
1.46 (37.0)
1.57 (40.0)
2.33 (57.9)
1.48 (37.6)
1.93 (49.0)
1.91 (48.4)
2
1.49 (37.9)
1.72 (43.7)
2.73 (69.4)
1.81 (46.1)
2.03 (51.5)
2.62 (66.6)
3
1.73 (44.0)
1.64 (41.7)
3.64 (92.5)
2.19 (55.5)
2.47 (62.7)
3.62 (92.0)
4
1.43 (36.4)
1.71 (43.5)
4.09 (104.0)
-
-
-
5
1.73 (44.0)
1.81 (46.0)
4.04 (102.5)
1.80 (45.8)
2.78 (70.7)
4.46 (113.3)
6
1.83 (46.6)
1.79 (45.5)
5.26 (133.5)
-
-
-
Group
Dimensions are for reference only.
GROUP 1 CONFIGURATIONS
15 Positions
15 size 2.8
18 Positions
12 size 1.5K
6 size 2.8
GROUP 3 CONFIGURATIONS
26 Positions
12 size 1.5K
12 size 2.8
2 size 6.3
GROUP 2 CONFIGURATIONS
22 Positions
16 size 1.5K
6 size 2.8
21 Positions
21 size 2.8
29 Positions
26 size 1.5K
2 size 2.8
1 size 6.3
GROUP 4 CONFIGURATIONS
46 Positions
46 size 1.5K
PAGE 65
LEAVYSEAL Connectors
GROUP 5 CONFIGURATIONS
31 Positions
27 size 2.8
4 size 6.3
39 Positions
39 size 2.8
GROUP 6 CONFIGURATIONS
92 Positions
92 size 1.5K
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
62 Positions
56 size 1.5K
6 size 2.8
LEAVYSEAL Connectors
ORDERING INFORMATION
Position
15
21
31
39
46
Group
1
2
5
5
4
Contact
Size
2.8
2.8
(27) 2.8
(4) 6.3
2.8
1.5K
Keying
Housing Color
A
Black
1-1534126-1
1703799-1
-
B
Natural
2-1534126-1
-
-
C
Blue
3-1534126-1
-
-
A
Black
1-1534127-1
1-2112162-1
(flange)
1534238-1
(straight)
B
Natural
2-1534127-1
2-2112162-1
-
C
Blue
3-1534127-1
3-2112162-1
-
D
Violet
4-1534127-1
4-2112162-1
-
A
Bordeaux
1-1564297-6
-
-
5
(56) 1.5K
(6) 2.8
6
PCB
5-1418363-1
(straight)
Emerald Green
5-1718321-3
5-1718323-1
F
Fawn Brown
6-1718321-3
6-1718323-1
-
A
Black
1-2112231-1
-
-
Black
1-1418883-1
1-1718324-1
5-1418363-3
(90°)
1-1418362-1
(straight)
1-1418362-3
(90°)
2-1418362-1
(straight)
B
Gray
2-1418883-1
2-1718324-1
C
Blue
3-1418883-1
3-1718324-1
-
D
Green
4-1418883-1
-
-
-
1-1452228-9
(straight)
A
92
In-line/Flange
E
A
62
Tab Housing
Receptacle
Housing
1-703998-1
(NW 26 wire
exit)
Black
1.5K
3-1703998-1
(NW 29 wire
exit)
2-1418362-3
(90°)
B
Black
4-1703998-1
(NW 29 wire
exit)
-
-
C
Black
5-1703998-1
(NW 29 wire
exit)
-
-
PAGE 67
LEAVYSEAL Connectors
ORDERING INFORMATION - V0 RATED MATERIAL
Position
Group
Contact
Size
Keying
Housing Color
Receptacle
Housing
Tab Housing
In-line/Flange
PCB
18
1
(12) 1.5K
(6) 2.8
A
Black
1823440-2
1-1823448-2
-
21
2
2.8
A
Black
1-2208688-1
1-2112162-1*
(flange)
1534238-1*
(straight)
A
Black
1-1823440-3
1-1823449-1
-
B
Gray
2-1823440-3
2-1823449-1
-
C
Blue
3-1823440-3
-
-
D
Green
4-1823440-3
-
-
A
Black
1-2112035-1
A
Black
1-1823402-1
-
-
B
Gray
2-1823402-1
-
-
C
Blue
3-1823402-1
-
-
A
Bordeaux
1-2208685-6
-
-
22
26
29
31
39
62
1
(16) 1.5K
(6) 2.8
3
(12) 1.5K
(12) 2.8
(2) 6.3
2
(26) 1.5K
(2) 2.8
(1) 6.3
5
5
5
(27) 2.8
(4) 6.3
2.8
(56) 1.5K
(6) 2.8
1-2112041-1
1-2112041-2
-
5-1418363-1*
(straight)
E
Emerald Green
5-2208684-3
5-1718323-1*
F
Fawn Brown
6-2208684-3
6-1718323-1*
-
A
Black
1-1823498-1
-
-
B
Gray
2-1823498-1
-
-
C
Blue
3-1823498-1
-
-
D
Green
4-1823498-1
-
-
*Non-V0 rated material
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
5-1418362-3*
(90°)
LEAVYSEAL Connectors
Accessories
Backshells, adapters, locking slides, and protective covers are accessory items available for use with LEAVYSEAL
connectors. These accessories cover design requirements by assisting with mounting, providing additional
protection, and offering increased aesthetics.
BACKSHELLS/COVERS
To achieve an IP6K9K rating, backshells must be used with the LEAVYSEAL connectors. The 90° backshells are
available with ribs to accommodate corrugated tubing.
Positions
Housing
Part Number
Tubing
Receptacle
9-1394049-1
NW 13
Tab
9-1394049
NW 13
Receptacle
9-1394050-1
NW 17
Tab
2112167-1
NW 17
22
Receptacle
2112452-1
NW 17
26
Receptacle or Tab
2112046-1
NW 22
31
Receptacle
1418882-1
NW 26
1418882-1
NW 26
2112233-1
NW 22
1418882-1
NW 26
Receptacle/Tab
1823500-1
NW 26
Receptacle (NW 26 wire exit)
1703997-1
NW 26
Receptacle (NW 29 wire exit)
2141345-1
NW 29
15
21
39
46
62
62 (V0)
92
Receptacle
Tab
Receptacle
Receptacle
Tab
PAGE 69
LEAVYSEAL Connectors
ADAPTERS
Adapters are available to aid in mounting LEAVYSEAL connectors. The adapters are available in multiple
sizes and can mount up to four LEAVYSEAL connectors.
Positions
Housing
Part Number
Description
Tab
1703806-1
1 bay, sealed
1718329-1
1 bay, unsealed
1813123-1
2 bays, unsealed
1813123-2
2 bays, 1 bay closed, unsealed
2138002-1
4 bays, sealed
15/22
39/62
Tab
LOCKING SLIDES
Locking slides are used to help secure LEAVYSEAL connectors while mounting them. The locking slides may
be used with adapters or panels with a thickness of 2.5 mm, 3.0 mm, or 3.5 mm.
Positions
15/22
21
26
39/62
Part Number
Color
Description
1703804-1
Red
For use with adapter
2112166-1
Red
For use with 2.5 mm panel thickness
2112166-2
Yellow
For use with 3 mm panel thickness
2112166-3
Gray
For use with 3.5 mm panel thickness
2112045-1
Red
For use with 2.5 mm panel thickness
2112045-2
Yellow
For use with 3 mm panel thickness
1718328-1
Red
For use with adapter
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
LEAVYSEAL Connectors
INTERFACE PROTECTION COVER
The LEAVYSEAL protection cover provides an environmental seal and is used to protect the connector
interface when the two halves are not mated.
Positions
21
Part Number
Color
1-1394052-1
Black
Contacts
The LEAVYSEAL connectors commonly use the AMP MCP stamped & formed contact system.
AMP MCP CONTACT PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Durability
10 cycles (tin)
50 cycles (silver)
100 cycles (gold)
Current Rating
Contact Size Max. Current
1.5K
up to 20 amps
2.8
up to 40 amps
6.3/4.8K
up to 40 amps
Contact Retention
Contact Size
Min. Load
1.5K 40/60 N
2.8
80 N
6.3/4.8K
80 N
Crimp Tensile Strength
Contact Size
Tensile Strength
1.5K
.22 mm2
≥ 32 N
.35 mm2
≥ 50 N
.50 mm2
≥ 60 N
.75 mm2
≥ 85 N
1.0 mm2
≥ 108 N
1.25 mm2
≥ 135 N (16 AWG)
1.5 mm2
≥ 135 N
2.8
.22 mm2
≥ 28 N
.35 mm2
≥ 50 N
.50 mm2
≥ 60 N
.75 mm2
≥ 85 N
1.0 mm2
≥ 108 N
1.5 mm2
≥ 150 N
2.5 mm2
≥ 200 N
6.3./4.8K
.35 mm2 ≥ 50 N
.50 mm2 ≥ 60 N
.75 mm2 ≥ 85 N
1.0 mm2 ≥ 108 N
1.5 mm2 ≥ 150 N
2.5 mm2 ≥ 200 N
4.0 mm2 ≥ 310 N
6.0 mm2 ≥ 450 N
PAGE 71
LEAVYSEAL Connectors
AMP MCP CONTACTS FOR LEAVYSEAL
Stamped & Formed Tabs with Single Wire Sealing System - AMP MCP
Tab Part Numbers
Size
1.5K
Loose Piece
Package
Quantity
Wire Size
(mm2)
Insulation
Dia. (mm)
FLR
Finish
4000
969029
500
0.2-0.5
1.2-1.6
-2/-3
964269
4000
964270
500
0.5-1.0
1.4-2.1
-2/-3/-5
1703278
4000
1703279
500
1.5
1.9-2.4
-2/-5
965982
3500
965983
500
0.2-0.5
max 2.1
1-xxx-1
1-xxx-3
max 2.1
1-xxx-1
1-xxx-2
1-xxx-3
2-xxx-1
2-xxx-2
2-xxx-3
Strip Form
Package
Quantity
969028
962915
3500
963748
500
0.5-1.0
2.8
962916
3300
963749
500
1.5-2.5
max 3.0
1-xxx-1
1-xxx-2
1-xxx-3
2-xxx-1
2-xxx-2
2-xxx-3
1719504
3200
1719503
500
12 TXL
max 3.2
1-xxx-1
1-xxx-2
1.4-2.1
1-xxx-1
1-xxx-2
2-xxx-1
2-xxx-2
2.2-3.0
1-xxx-1
1-xxx-2
2-xxx-1
2-xxx-2
2.7-3.7
1-xxx-1
1-xxx-2
2-xxx-1
2-xxx-2
962917
6.3/
4.8K
962918
962919
1500
1500
1500
963742
963743
963744
AMP MCP Tab Finish Codes
Finish Code
500
500
500
Finish Code
0.5-1.0
1.5-2.5
>2.5-4.0
Material
Material
1-xxx-2
CuSn, selective silver plated
-2
CuFe2, pre-tin plated
1-xxx-3
CuSn, selective gold plated
-3
CuSn4, gold plated
2-xxx-1
CuFe, pre-tin plated
-5
CuSn4, selective silver plated
2-xxx-2
CuFe, selective silver plated
1-xxx-1
CuSn, pre-tin plated
2-xxx-3
CuFe, selective gold plated
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
LEAVYSEAL Connectors
Stamped & Formed Receptacles with Single Wire Sealing System - AMP MCP
Insulation
Diameter (mm)
Receptacle Part Numbers
Size
Strip Form
Package
Quantity
Loose
Piece
Package
Quantity
Wire Size
(mm2)
FLK
FLR
Finish
1564324
4500
1564325
500
0.22-0.35
-
1.1-1.4
-1/-2/-3
1241380
4500
1241381
500
0.5-1.0
-
1.4-2.1
1418884
4500
1418885
500
>1.0-1.5
-
2.2-2.4
-1/-3
968882
4500
968896
500
0.35
-
1.2-1.4
1-xxx-1
1-xxx-3
968855
3500
968875
500
0.5-1.0
-
1.4-2.1
1-xxx-1
1-xxx-2
1-xxx-3
968857
4000
968876
500
>1.0-2.5
-
2.2-3.0
1-xxx-1
1-xxx-3
1241410
1500
1241411
500
0.35-0.5
1.3-2.3
1.2-1.6
-1/-3
1241412
1500
1241413
500
0.5-1.0
2.0-2.7
1.4-2.1
-1/-3
1241414
1500
1241415
500
>1.0-2.5
2.7-3.7
2.2-3.0
-1/-3
1241416
1500
1241417
500
>2.5-4.0
4.1-4.5
3.4-3.7
-1/-3
1241418
1500
1241419
500
4.0-6.0
-
3.4-4.3
-4
1-xxx-3
2-xxx-3
1.5K
2.8
6.3/
4.8K
-1/-2/-3
1-xxx-2*
AMP MCP Receptacle Finish Codes
Finish Code
Material
-1
CuNiSi, pre-tin plated
-2
CuNiSi, selective gold plated
-3
CuNiSi, selective silver plated
-4
CuNiSi, tin-silver pre-plated
1-xxx-1
CuNiSi, pre-tin plated
1-xxx-2
CuNiSi, selective gold plated
1-xxx-2*
CuNiSi, min 1.27 µm
selective gold plated
1-xxx-3
CuNiSi, selective silver plated
PAGE 73
LEAVYSEAL Connectors
WIRE SEALS
Wire seals are required for connectors without an integrated rear seal to maintain an environmental seal.
Contact Size
Insulation
Diameter (mm)
Color
Part Number
0.9-1.2
Green
1718705-1
Red
964971-1
Blue
1394133-1
1.4-1.9
Gray
963530-1
1.9-2.1
Yellow
964972-1
1.9-2.4
Orange
2112323-1
1.2-2.1
Blue
2.2-3.0
White
828905-1
1.4-2.0
Yellow
2177018-1
2.0-2.7
White
1394511-1
2.7-2.9
Red brown
1823111-1
3.4-3.7
Blue
1394512-1
4.0-4.5
Green
1719043-1
1.2-1.6
1.5K
2.8
6.3/4.8K
828904-1
828904-2
Package Quantity
10,000
1000
10,000
10,000
SEALING PLUGS
Open cavities provide pathways for contaminates to enter the connectors. To maintain seal integrity, any
unused cavity must be filled with the appropriate size sealing plug.
Contact Size
Wire Size
1.5K
3.6 mm
2.8
5.6 mm
6.3/4.8K
8.5 mm
Color
Part Number
White
963531-1
Natural
1394132-1
Natural
828922-1
Green
828922-2
Transparent
967652-1
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Package Quantity
10,000
LEAVYSEAL Connectors
Tooling
Tools are specific to the contact style. To create a proper crimp and achieve the highest performance
specifications, contacts must be crimped with the recommended tooling.
HAND TOOL FOR AMP MCP CONTACTS
Contact
Size
1.5K
2.8
6.3/
4.8K
Tab
Strip Form
Tab
Loose Piece
Receptacle
Strip Form
Receptacle
Loose Piece
Tool P/N
1703278
964269
969028
1703279
964270
969029
-
-
539663-2 (die)
539663-2 (frame)
-
-
1418884
1418885
5-1579001-3 (die)
539635-1 (frame)
-
-
1564324
1564325
4-1579016-0 (die)
539635-1 (frame)
962915
962916
963748
963749
965982
965983
-
-
968882
968896
539725-2 (die)
539635-1 (frame)
962917
962918
962919
963742
963743
963744
-
-
539757-2 (die)
539635-1 (frame)
-
-
1241410
1241412
1241411
1241413
539955-2 (die)
539635-1 (frame)
-
-
1241416
1241414
1241415
1241417
539956-2 (die)
539635-1 (frame)
-
-
1241418
1241419
3-1579021-7 (die)
539635-1 (frame)
-
-
539758-2 (die)
539635-1 (frame)
539737-2 (die)
539635-1 (frame)
Description
ERGOCRIMP
hand tool
and die assembly
ERGOCRIMP
hand tool
and die assembly
ERGOCRIMP
hand tool
and die assembly
PAGE 75
LEAVYSEAL Connectors
AUTOMATED FOR AMP MCP CONTACTS
OCEAN end
feed applicator
Contact Size
1.5K
Tab Strip Form
Receptacle
Strip Form
969028
-
964269
-
1703278
-
-
1418884
-
1564324
962915
-
962916
-
2.8
2.8
965982
-
-
968882
2.8
Applicator P/N
Feed Type
2151056-1
Mechanical end feed
2151056-2
Pneumatic end feed
2151935-1
Mechanical end feed
2151935-2
Pneumatic end feed
2266180-1
Mechanical end feed
2266180-2
Pneumatic end feed
2266179-1
Mechanical end feed
2266179-2
Pneumatic end feed
2151469-1
Mechanical end feed
2151469-2
Pneumatic end feed
2151181-1
Mechanical end feed
2151181-2
Pneumatic end feed
2151260-1
Mechanical end feed
2151260-2
Pneumatic end feed
2151840-1
Mechanical end feed
2151840-2
Pneumatic end feed
2151559-1
Mechanical end feed
2151559-2
Pneumatic end feed
Note: Applicators with additional feed styles are available, contact your representative
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
LEAVYSEAL Connectors
AUTOMATED FOR AMP MCP CONTACTS (CONTINUED)
Contact Size
Tab Strip Form
Receptacle
Strip Form
962917
-
962918
-
962919
-
-
1241410
-
1241412
6.3/4.8K
-
1241416
-
1241414
-
1241418
Applicator P/N
Description
2266535-1
Mechanical end feed
2266535-2
Pneumatic end feed
2151783-1
Mechanical end feed
2151783-2
Pneumatic end feed
2151782-1
Mechanical end feed
2151782-2
Pneumatic end feed
2151695-1
Mechanical end feed
2151695-2
Pneumatic end feed
2151234-1
Mechanical end feed
2151234-2
Pneumatic end feed
2151151-1
Mechanical end feed
2151151-2
Pneumatic end feed
2266490-1
Mechanical end feed
2266490-2
Pneumatic end feed
2151466-1
Mechanical end feed
2151466-2
Pneumatic end feed
Note: Applicators with additional feed styles are available, contact your representative
PAGE 77
LEAVYSEAL Connectors
How To Instructions
CONTACT INSERTION
Step 1:
Grasp crimped contact
approximately one inch
behind the contact barrel.
Step 2:
Verify the integrated
secondary lock is in the
unlocked position. Make
sure the contact is in the
correct orientation. Push
contact straight into
connector grommet until
a click is felt. A slight tug
will confirm that it is properly locked in place.
Step 3:
Push the integrated
secondary lock into the
locked position with a DTRT1 or a screwdriver.
Step 2:
Using the appropriate
extraction tool, insert the
blades into the contact
cavity until they stop.
Step 3:
Pull contact wire assembly
out of connector.
CONTACT REMOVAL
Step 1:
Using a DT-RT1 or a screwdriver, unlock the integrated secondary lock.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Contents
Superseal 1.0 Connector Overview.................... 80
Product Documentation......................................... 80
Performance Specifications.................................. 80
Material Specifications............................................ 80
Dimensions....................................................................81
Configurations..............................................................81
Ordering Information................................................82
Contacts....................................................................... 83
Tooling........................................................................... 84
Superseal 1.0 Connectors
Superseal 1.0 Connector Overview
The Superseal 1.0 mm connectors are designed to meet the increasing need
for dependable printed circuit board applications in harsh environments.
The Superseal headers are available with straight or right-angle pins.
Various locking latch options and keying configurations are available.
APPLICABLE PRODUCT DOCUMENTATION
Additional documentation is available for assistance with Superseal 1.0 products. The following TE
document numbers may be helpful:
1308072-2 (Catalog Section)
108-78140 (Product Specification)
114-78011 (Application Specification)
SUPERSEAL 1.0 CONNECTOR PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Current:
Up to 15 amps
Temperature:
Operating at temperatures -40°C to +125°C
Durability:
After cap housing is connected, the plug housing is mated and
then 78.4 N force is applied in a rocking motion. 25 test cycles.
Insulation Resistance:
100 megohms minimum. Test between adjacent contacts and between
contact and earth with insulation resistance meter of 500 volts DC.
Immersion:
Per JIS D0203
Random Vibration:
Tested in each of three mutually perpendicular axis.
See Fig 8 in product document 108-78140.
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: Insulation does not breakdown at 1000 volts AC or 1600 volts DC for
duration of 1 minute between contacts and between contact and earth.
Voltage:
250 volts AC, DC
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
Grommet:
Silicone rubber
Housing:
Thermoplastic
TPA:
Thermoplastic polyester
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Superseal 1.0 Connectors
DIMENSIONS
E
B
E
A
C
D
F
Superseal 1.0 Plug Housing
F
G
Superseal 1.0 Pin Header
Overall
Length
A
Overall
Height
B
Overall
Width
C
Overall Length
Vertical
D
Overall
Height
E
Overall
Width
F
Overall
Length 90°
G
26
1.26 (32.1)
1.36 (34.5)
1.26 (32.1)
1.14 (29.0)
1.23 (31.4)
1.55 (39.5)
1.44 (36.5)
34
1.26 (32.1)
1.49 (38.0)
1.50 (38.2)
1.14 (29.0)
1.23 (31.4)
1.79 (45.5)
1.44 (36.5)
60
-
-
-
-
1.23 (31.4)
3.07 (78.0)
1.44 (36.5)
Cavity
Dimensions are for reference only.
CONFIGURATIONS
26 Positions
26 size 1.0 mm
34 Positions
34 size 1.0 mm
60 Positions
60 size 1.0 mm
PAGE 81
Superseal 1.0 Connectors
ORDERING INFORMATION
Position
26
Pin Header
Plug Housing
Keying Type
Locking
9-6437287-8
3-1437290-7
1 (4 row)
Upper
9-6437287-9
3-1437290-8
2 (4 row)
Upper
6473423-1
1473416-1
3 (4 row)
Upper
6473423-2
1473416-2
4 (4 row)
Upper
5-6447223-0
3-1437290-7
1 (4 row)
Lower
6437288-4
3-1437290-8
2 (4 row)
Lower
2-6437285-8
2-1437285-2
1 (4 row)
Double
2-6437285-9
1-1447232-7
2 (4 row)
Double
6437288-6
3-1437290-7
1 (4 row, vertical)
Upper
6473418-1
3-1437290-8
2 (4 row, vertical)
Upper
6473418-2
1473416-1
3 (4 row, vertical)
Upper
1 (2 row)
Upper
1 (2 row)
Lower
6473711-1
6473711-2
34
1473712-1
6437288-1
4-1437290-0
1 (4 row)
Upper
6437288-2
4-1437290-1
2 (4 row)
Upper
2-6437285-5
4-1437290-0
1 (4 row)
Lower
2-6437285-6
4-1437290-1
2 (4 row)
Lower
3-6437285-0
2-1437285-3
1 (4 row)
Double
3-6437285-1
3-1437290-9
2 (4 row)
Double
2-6447232-3
4-1437290-0
1 (4 row, vertical)
Upper
2-6447232-4
4-1437290-1
2 (4 row, vertical)
Upper
6437288-3
3-1437290-7 (26P),
4-1437290-0 (34P)
1 (4 row)
Upper
6473427-1
1473416-1 (26P),
4-1437290-1 (34P)
2 + 3 (4 row)
Upper
6437288-5
3-1437290-7 (26P),
4-143790-0 (34P)
1 (4 row)
Lower
3-6437285-2
2-1437285-2 (26P),
2-1437285-3 (34P)
1 (4 row)
Double
60
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Superseal 1.0 Connectors
Contacts
The Superseal 1.0 mm connectors commonly use the AMP Superseal double spring, stamped & formed contact
system.
1.0 MM CONTACT PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Durability
25 cycles, per “Kojiri” (rocking motion) durability test
Contact Retention (between contact and housing)
1.0mm ≥ 58.8N
Current Rating
Up to 15 amps, consult TE
product specification 108-78140
Crimp Tensile Strength
Contact Size
Tensile Strength
.5mm2
≥ 88.2N
.85 mm2
≥ 127.4N
1.25 mm2
≥ 176.4N
1.0 MM STAMPED & FORMED CONTACTS FOR SUPERSEAL 1.0
Stamped & Formed Receptacles - 1.0 mm
Size
1.0
mm
Receptacle
Strip Form
Wire Size
(mm2)
Insulation
Diameter
(mm)
3-1447221-4
0.5
1.6-2.2
.75-.85
1.6-2.4
1.25
1.9-2.2
3-1447221-3
Finish
Copper alloy
Gold over nickel
(contact part),
Tin over Nickel
(crimp area)
SEALING PLUGS
Open cavities provide pathways for contaminates to enter the connectors. To maintain seal integrity, any
unused cavity must be filled with the appropriate size sealing plug.
Contact Size
Color
Part Number
1.0 mm
White
4-1437284-3
PAGE 83
Superseal 1.0 Connectors
Tooling
Tools are specific to the contact style. To create a proper crimp and achieve the highest performance
specifications, contacts must be crimped with the recommended tooling.
HAND TOOLS FOR 1.0 MM CONTACTS
Receptacle P/N
3-1447221-3
3-1447221-4
Tool P/N
Description
1454509-1
CERTI-CRIMP straight action
hand tool with fixed dies
AUTOMATED TOOLING FOR 1.0 MM CONTACTS
Receptacle P/N
3-1447221-3
3-1447221-4
Applicator P/N
Description
2151705-1
OCEAN end feed applicator
with mechanical feed
2151705-2
OCEAN end feed applicator
with pneumatic feed
Note: Applicators with additional feed styles are available, contact your representative
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Contents
AEC Series Overview............................................... 86
Performance Specifications.................................. 86
Material Specifications............................................ 86
Dimensions...................................................................87
Configurations.............................................................87
Ordering Information............................................... 88
Accessories.................................................................. 89
How To Instructions.......................................... 89-90
AEC Series
AEC Series Overview
DEUTSCH AEC series connectors are environmentally sealed,
heavy duty electrical connectors that accept size 16 contacts. The
AEC series connectors are constructed of rugged thermoplastic
and offer several keying options.
DEUTSCH CONNECTOR PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature:
Operating at temperatures -55°C to +125°C
Durability:
No electrical or mechanical defects after 100 cycles
of engagement and disengagement.
Vibration:
No unlocking or unmating and exhibits no mechanical or
physical damage after sinusoidal vibration levels of 20 G’s at 10
to 2000 Hz in each of the three mutually perpendicular planes.
No electrical discontinuities longer than 1 microsecond.
Fluid Resistance:
Connectors show no damage when exposed to
most fluids used in industrial applications.
Insulation Resistance:
1000 megohms minimum at 25°C.
Immersion:
IP68 rating
Moisture Resistance:
Properly wired and mated connections will withstand immersion under
three feet of water without loss of electronic qualities or leakage.
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: Current leakage less than 2 milliamps at 1500 volts AC.
Thermal Cycle:
No cracking, chipping or leaking after 20 test cycles from -55°C to +125°C.
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
Grommet:
Silicone rubber
Jackscrew:
Stainless steel
Plug Threaded Stainless steel
Inserts:
Receptacle
Threaded
Inserts:
Stainless steel/brass
Shell:
Glass filled PEI
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
AEC Series
DIMENSIONS
A
D
B
E
C
F
AEC Plug
Cavity
40
AEC Receptacle
Overall Length
A
Overall Height
B
Overall Width
C
Overall Length
D
Overall Height
E
Overall Width
F
1.440 (36.58)
1.778 (45.16)
1.894 (48.11)
1.642 (41.71)
1.944 (49.38)
1.828 (46.43)
Dimensions are for reference only.
CONFIGURATION
Keying Options
A
A key
B
B key
C
C key
D
D key
U
Universal key
Insert Arrangement
XX-XX
X size XX
X, X, X
Part Number
Number and Size of Cavities
Note
Do not over torque jackscrew.
The recommended torque
rating for the AEC series plug
jackscrew when tightening is
25-28 IN-LB (2.86-3.16 N.M.).
AEC1*-40***
40 size 16
A, B, C, D, U
PAGE 87
AEC Series
PART NUMBERING SYSTEM
Part Number
AEC - 1 __ - __ __ * * - ****
Special Modifications
Series
Contact Size
1
Wire Seals
Size 16 Contacts
Blank Standard Seal
E
Style
4
In-line Receptacle
6
Plug
Extra Thin Wall Seal
Key
A
Configuration
B
C
D
U
Contacts
P
Pin
S
Socket
ORDERING INFORMATION
Here are some of the common part numbers in the AEC series. Several additional connectors may be available.
Position
Keying
Plug
Receptacle
A
AEC16-40SA
AEC14-40PA
B
AEC16-40SB
AEC14-40PB
C
AEC16-40SC
AEC14-40PC
D
AEC16-40SD
AEC14-40PD
40
WIRE SEALING RANGES
The wire sealing range is the recommended outside diameter of the wire insulation required to maintain an
environmental seal in the rear connector cavities.
Contact Size
Standard Seal
Thin Seal
T-Seal
Extra Thin Seal
E-Seal
16
14-20 AWG
(2.0-0.5mm2)
.100-.134
(2.54-3.40)
.088-.134
(2.23-3.40)
.053-.120
(1.35-3.05)
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
AEC Series
Accessories
Dust caps and boots are available for use with AEC series connectors. The dust caps are designed to help
provide protection to the connector interface when the connector halves are not mated. The boots are
aesthetically appealing and provide increased protection from dirt, paint overspray, and pressure washing.
Dust Cap Description
Part Number
Dust cap, 40 way receptacle, environmentally sealed
0504-002-4001
Dust cap, 40 way receptacle, non-environmentally
sealed
0515-009-4005
Dust cap, 40 way plug, non-environmentally sealed
0515-010-4005
ut
LAD
D
l u si v e t
ion
xc
o
E
Boot Description
D i s t ri b
Part Number
Boot, 40 way plug or receptacle, black, step-down
AEC40-BTSTPDWN
*Distorting the boots can lessen their longevity
How To Instructions
CONTACT INSERTION
Step 1:
Grasp crimped contact
approximately one inch
behind the contact barrel.
Step 2:
Hold connector with rear
grommet facing you.
Step 3:
Push contact straight into
connector grommet until
a click is felt. A slight tug
will confirm that it is properly locked in place.
PAGE 89
AEC Series
CONTACT REMOVAL
Step 1:
With rear insert toward
you, snap appropriate size
removal tool over the wire
of contact to be removed.
.
Step 2:
Slide tool along the wire
into the insert cavity
until it engages contact
and resistance is felt.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Step 3:
Pull contact wire assembly
out of connector.
Contents
DRB Series Overview................................................92
Performance Specifications...................................92
Material Specifications.............................................92
Dimensions.................................................................. 93
Configurations............................................................ 93
Ordering Information............................................... 94
Required Components..................................... 95-96
Accessories...................................................................97
How To Instructions...........................................97-98
DRB Series
DRB Series Overview
DEUTSCH DRB series connectors are heavy duty connectors suitable for
bulkhead applications. They are designed to accommodate multiple
wire gauges and feature high pin counts, including 48, 60, 102, and 128
cavities. To increase the design flexibility, the DRB series offers several
mounting flange options and wire arrangements. The DRB series is suited
for on- and off-highway applications, marine, industrial, and agriculture
markets in harsh environments.
DEUTSCH CONNECTOR PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature:
Operating at temperatures -55°C to +125°C
Durability:
No electrical or mechanical defects after 100 cycles
of engagement and disengagement.
Vibration:
No unlocking or unmating and exhibits no mechanical or
physical damage after sinusoidal vibration levels of 20 G’s at 10
to 2000 Hz in each of the three mutually perpendicular planes.
No electrical discontinuities longer than 1 microsecond.
Fluid Resistance:
Connectors show no damage when exposed to most fluids used
in industrial applications.
Insulation Resistance:
1000 megohms minimum at 25°C.
Immersion:
IP68 rating
Moisture Resistance:
Properly wired and mated connections will withstand immersion under
three feet of water without loss of electronic qualities or leakage.
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: Current leakage less than 2 milliamps at 1500 volts AC.
Thermal Cycle:
No cracking, chipping or leaking after 20 test cycles from -55°C to +125°C.
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
Flange Body:
Glass filled PA
Flange Clip:
Spring steel
Grommet:
Silicone rubber
Jackscrew:
Stainless steel
Shell:
Glass filled PA
Wedgelocks:
Glass filled PBT
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DRB Series
DIMENSIONS
A
D
B
E
C
F
DRB Plug
DRB Receptacle
Overall Length
A
Overall Height
B
Overall Width
C
Overall Length
D
Overall Height
E
Overall Width
F
48 & 60
1.406 (35.71)
2.606 (66.19)
2.606 (66.19)
2.077 (52.76)
2.606 (66.19)
2.606 (66.19)
102
1.778 (45.16)
2.966 (75.34)
4.951 (125.76)
2.291 (58.19)
2.966 (75.34)
4.951 (125.76)
128
1.748 (44.40)
2.966 (75.34)
4.951 (125.76)
2.291 (58.19)
2.966 (75.34)
4.951 (125.76)
Cavity
Dimensions are for reference only.
CONFIGURATIONS
Keying Options
A
A key
B
B key
C
C key
D
D key
DRB1*-48**
12 size 12
12 size 16
24 size 20
A, B, C, D
Insert Arrangement
XX-XX
X size XX
X, X, X
DRB1*-60**
12 size 16
48 size 20
A, B, C, D
DRB1*-102***
2 size 4
4 size 8
16 size 12
80 size 16
A, B, C, D
Part Number
Number and Size of Cavities
DRB1*-128***
16 size 12
112 size 16
A, B, C, D
PAGE 93
DRB Series
PART NUMBERING SYSTEM
Part Number
DRB 16 - 60 S * E - ****
Special Modifications
Series
L018 Wire Router
Style
16
Plug
12
Flange Mount Receptacle
Wire Seals
E
Configuration
NE
Contacts
Environmental
Non-Environmental
Key
P
Pin
S
Socket
A
B
C
D
ORDERING INFORMATION
Here are some of the common part numbers in the DRB series. Several additional connectors may be available.
Position
48
60
102
128
Keying
Plug
Receptacle
Key A
DRB16-48SAE-L018
DRB12-48PAE-L018
Key B
DRB16-48SBE-L018
DRB12-48PBE-L018
Key C
DRB16-48SCE-L018
DRB12-48PCE-L018
Key D
DRB16-48SDE-L018
DRB12-48PDE-L018
Key A
DRB16-60SAE-L018
DRB12-60PAE-L018
Key B
DRB16-60SBE-L018
DRB12-60PBE-L018
Key C
DRB16-60SCE-L018
DRB12-60PCE-L018
Key D
DRB16-60SDE-L018
DRB12-60PDE-L018
Key A
DRB16-102SAE-L018
DRB12-102PAE-L018
Key B
DRB16-102SBE-L018
DRB12-102PBE-L018
Key C
DRB16-102SCE-L018
DRB12-102PCE-L018
Key D
DRB16-102SDE-L018
DRB12-102PDE-L018
Key A
DRB16-128SAE-L018
DRB12-128PAE-L018
Key B
DRB16-128SBE-L018
DRB12-128PBE-L018
Key C
DRB16-128SCE-L018
DRB12-128PCE-L018
Key D
DRB16-128SDE-L018
DRB12-128PDE-L018
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DRB Series
WIRE SEALING RANGE
The wire sealing range is the recommended outside diameter of the wire insulation required to maintain an
environmental seal in the rear connector cavities.
Contact Size
Standard Seal
Extra Thin Seal
E-Seal
20
16-22 AWG
(1.0-0.35mm2)
.040-.095
(1.02-2.41)
.040-.095
(1.02-2.41)
16
14-20 AWG
(2.0-0.5mm2)
.100-.134
(2.54-3.40)
.053-.120
(1.35-3.05)
12
10-14 AWG
(5.0-2.0mm2)
.134-.170
(3.40-4.32)
.097-.158
(2.46-4.01)
8
8-10 AWG
(8.0-5.0mm2)
.190-.240
(4.83-6.10)
.135-.220
(3.43-5.59)
.280-.292
(7.11-7.42)
.261-.292
(6.63-7.42)
4
6 AWG
(13.0mm2)
Required Components
A complete DRB assembly requires a wedgelock for each plug and receptacle and a mounting flange. There are
several flange options to accommodate design requirements. The wedgelocks are required to confirm proper
contact placement.
Plug
Plug
Wedgelock(s)
Flange
Receptacle
Wedgelock(s)
Receptacle
PAGE 95
DRB Series
FLANGE OPTIONS
Accepts
Connectors
Description
DRBF-2*
(1) DRB 48 or
60 way
Single mounting flange for one 48 or 60 way DRB
plug and receptacle mated pair
DRBF-3**
(2) DRB 48 or
60 ways
Double mounting flange for any combination of two
48 or 60 way DRB plug and receptacle mated pairs
DRBF-1*
(1) DRB 102 way
or (1) DRB 128
way
Single mounting flange for the 102 or 128 way DRB
plug and receptacle mated pair
DRBM-3*
(1) DRB 102 way
or (1) DRB 128
way
Single mounting flange for the 102 or 128 way DRB
plug and receptacle mated pair, includes two 125
amp mounting posts
Part Number
*A, B, C, D keying available, contact your representative
SECONDARY WEDGELOCKS
DEUTSCH DRB electrical connectors require secondary wedgelocks which are sold separately. The wedgelocks
confirm proper contact alignment and offer keying options within each connector. Secondary wedgelocks are
assembled at the mating interfaces and click into place.
Receptacle Wedgelocks
Plug Wedgelocks
WB-48P*
Wedgelock for 48 way receptacle
WB-48S*
Wedgelock for 48 way plug
WB-60P*
Wedgelock for 60 way receptacle
WB-60S*
Wedgelock for 60 way plug
WB-51P*L
Left wedgelock for 102 way
receptacle
WB-51S*L
Left wedgelock for 102 way plug
WB-51P*R
Right wedgelock for 102 way
receptacle
WB-51S*R
Right wedgelock for 102 way plug
WB-64P*
Wedgelock for 128 way
receptacle (requires two)
WB-64S*
Wedgelock for 128 way
plug (requires two)
*A, B, C, D keying available
*A, B, C, D keying available
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DRB Series
Accessories
ut
LAD
D
l u si v e t
ion
xc
o
E
BOOTS
D i s t ri b
Boots provide a professional looking finishing touch for DEUTSCH DRB series connectors.
Made of durable plastisol, these slip-on boots are not only aesthetically appealing, but also
provide increased protection from dirt, paint overspray, and pressure washing. The plastisol
boots are rated from -20°F to +212°F (-28°C to +100°C) and offer a slip-on design making
installation quick and easy.
Part Number
Description
DRB48-60-BT
48 way plug or receptacle boot, black
DRB48-60-BT
60 way plug or receptacle boot, black
DRB102-BT
102/128 way plug or receptacle boot,
black
DRB102-BT90DEG
102/128 way plug or receptacle boot,
90° bend, black
*Distorting the boots can lessen their longevity
How To Instructions
CONTACT INSERTION
Step 1:
Hold connector with
rear grommet/wire router cap facing you.
Step 2:
Push contact straight into
contact cavity until a click
is heard/felt. A slight tug
will confirm the contact
is inserted correctly.
Step 3:
Once all contacts are
in place, insert wedgelock by lining up the
keyway. The wedgelock
will press into place.
PAGE 97
DRB Series
CONTACT REMOVAL
Step 1:
Remove wedgelock using
a screwdriver. Pull wedgelock straight out.
Step 2:
To remove contacts, gently
pull wire backwards, while
at the same time releasing the locking finger by
moving it away from the
contact with a screwdriver.
ASSEMBLY
Step 1:
Wedgelocks should be
pressed firmly in place,
with only a slight gap
showing between the
wedgelock and connector.
Step 2:
If the wedgelock will not
go all the way in, check to
make sure all of the contacts are properly seated.
Improper assembly can cause the
jackscrew to be stripped during
assembly. To prevent damage,
the jackscrew will strip out before the threads in the connector
are damaged. If the jackscrew
becomes stripped, please replace
the jackscrew and the push nut.
Step 3:
Contacts should be fully
inserted into the connector, with the locking
fingers in place under
the shoulder of the contact. If a contact is not
fully inserted, the retention finger will prevent
the wedgelock from
pressing into place.
Note
Step 4:
When mating the plug with
the receptacle, confirm that
the plug is not being pulled
into the receptacle at an
angle by the jackscrew.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Do not over torque jackscrew.
The recommended torque
rating for the DRB series plug
jackscrew when tightening is
30-35 IN-LB (3.38-3.95 N.M.).
Contents
DRC Series Overview............................................. 100
Performance Specifications................................ 100
Material Specifications.......................................... 100
Dimensions..................................................................101
Configurations...........................................................102
Ordering Information..................................... 103-104
Accessories........................................................ 106-107
How To Instructions................................................108
DRC Series
DRC Series Overview
The environmentally sealed DEUTSCH DRC series is a rectangular
connector series that offers insert arrangements of 24, 40, 50, 60, 64, 70,
and 76 cavities and accepts size 12, 16, and 20 contacts. Several mounting
options are available including in-line, flange mount, and PCB mount.
DEUTSCH CONNECTOR PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature:
Operating at temperatures -55°C to +125°C
Durability:
No electrical or mechanical defects after 100 cycles
of engagement and disengagement.
Vibration:
No unlocking or unmating and exhibits no mechanical or
physical damage after sinusoidal vibration levels of 20 G’s at 10
to 2000 Hz in each of the three mutually perpendicular planes.
No electrical discontinuities longer than 1 microsecond.
Fluid Resistance:
Connectors show no damage when exposed to
most fluids used in industrial applications.
Insulation Resistance:
1000 megohms minimum at 25°C.
Immersion:
IP68 rating
Moisture Resistance:
Properly wired and mated connections will withstand immersion under
three feet of water without loss of electronic qualities or leakage.
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: Current leakage less than 2 milliamps at 1500 volts AC.
Thermal Cycle:
No cracking, chipping or leaking after 20 test cycles from -55°C to +125°C.
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
Grommet:
Silicone rubber
Insert Retainer:
Unfilled PEI
Jackscrew:
Stainless steel
Receptacle
Stainless steel/Brass
Threaded Inserts:
Shell:
Glass filled PA, Glass filled PPS
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DRC Series
DIMENSIONS
D
A
B
E
C
F
DRC Plug
Cavity
Overall Length Overall Height
A
B
DRC Receptacle
Overall Width Overall Length Overall Height
C
D
E
Overall Width
F
24 (sz. 20)
1.435 (36.45)
1.244 (31.60)
2.004 (50.90)
1.785 (45.34)
1.500 (38.10)
3.104 (78.84)
24 (sz. 16)
1.600 (40.64)
1.148 (29.16)
2.100 (53.34)
1.742 (44.25)
1.202 (30.53)
2.154 (54.71)
38
1.435 (36.45)
1.274 (32.36)
2.700 (68.58)
-
-
-
40 (sz. 20)
1.380 (35.05)
1.244 (31.60)
2.700 (68.58)
1.785 (45.34)
1.500 (38.10)
3.800 (96.52)
40 (sz. 16)
1.597 (40.56)
1.202 (30.53)
2.868 (72.85)
1.699 (43.15)
1.202 (30.53)
2.908 (73.86)
50
1.435 (36.45)
1.408 (35.76)
2.700 (68.58)
-
1.987 (50.47)
3.094 (78.59)
60
1.435 (36.45)
1.448 (36.78)
2.700 (68.58)
-
2.161 (54.89)
3.094 (78.59)
64
-
-
-
1.785 (45.34)
1.500 (38.10)
5.866 (149.00)
70
1.643 (41.73)
1.421 (36.09)
4.094 (103.99)
1.757 (44.63)
1.421 (36.09)
4.094 (103.99)
76
-
-
-
1.115 (28.32)
1.827 (46.41)
5.686 (144.42)
Dimensions are for reference only.
CONNECTOR STYLES
In-line
Receptacle
Flange Mount
Receptacle
PCB Receptacle
Standard Plug
PAGE 101
DRC Series
CONFIGURATIONS
Connector Styles
I
In-line
F
Flange Mount Receptacle
P
PCB Receptacle
DRC2*-24**
24 size 20
I, F, P
DRC2*-40**
40 size 20
F, P
DRC2*-60**
60 size 20
P
Insert Arrangement
Part Number
Number and Size of Cavities
XX-XX
X size XX
X, X, X
DRC1*-24**
24 size 1
I, F, P
DRC26-38**
34 size 20, 4 size 12
(Plug for DRC20-76P****)
DRC1*-40**
40 size 16
I, F, P
DRC2*-50**
50 size 20
P
DRC2*-64**
64 size 20
P
DRC1*-70**
70 size 16
I, F, P
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DRC20-76P****
68 size 20, 8 size 12
P
DRC Series
PART NUMBERING SYSTEM
Part Number
DRC 14 - 40 P * X - ****
Series
Special Modifications
Contact Size
Wire Seals
1
Size 16 Contacts
2
Size 20 Contacts
Blank Standard Seal
Style
T
Thin Wall Seal
(Size 16 Only)
E
Extra Thin Wall Seal
(Size 16 Only)
0
Molded-in Contacts
2
Flange Mount Receptacle
Key (if applicable
3
90° PCB Receptacle
Contacts
4
In-line Receptacle
P
Pin
6
Plug
S
Socket
8
Keyed Plug (40 Pin
Size 16 Only)
Configuration
ORDERING INFORMATION
Here are some of the common part numbers in the DRC series. Several additional connectors may be available.
Position
24
(sz. 20)
24
(sz. 16)
38
(sz. 20)
Key
Plug
Receptacle
In-line
Receptacle
Flange
Receptacle
PCB
A
DRC26-24SA
-
-
DRC23-24PA (90°)
B
DRC26-24SB
-
-
DRC23-24PB (90°)
C
DRC26-24SC
-
-
DRC23-24PC (90°)
D
DRC26-24SD
-
-
DRC23-24PD (90°)
A
DRC16-24SA
DRC14-24PA
DRC12-24PA
B
DRC16-24SB
DRC14-24PB
DRC12-24PB
C
DRC16-24SC
DRC14-24PC
DRC12-24PC
D
DRC16-24SD
DRC14-24PD
DRC12-24PD
01
DRC26-38S01-P017
-
-
02
DRC26-38S02-P017
-
-
DRC10-24PA (180°)
DRC13-24PA (90°)
DRC10-24PB (180°)
DRC13-24PB (90°)
DRC10-24PC (180°)
DRC13-24PC (90°)
DRC10-24PD (180°)
DRC13-24PD (90°)
DRC20-76P0102
(180°)
PAGE 103
DRC Series
ORDERING INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
Position
40
(sz. 20)
40
(sz. 16)
Key
Plug
Receptacle
In-line
Receptacle
Flange
Receptacle
PCB
A
DRC26-40SA
-
DRC22-40PA
DRC23-40PA (90°)
B
DRC26-40SB
-
DRC22-40PB
DRC23-40PB (90°)
C
DRC26-40SC
-
DRC22-40PC
DRC23-40PC (90°)
D
DRC26-40SD
-
DRC22-40PD
DRC23-40PD (90°)
A
DRC18-40SA
DRC14-40PA
DRC12-40PA
B
DRC18-40SB
DRC14-40PB
DRC12-40PB
C
DRC18-40SC
DRC14-40PC
DRC12-40PC
D
DRC18-40SD
DRC14-40PD
DRC12-40PD
01
02
DRC26-50S01
DRC26-50S02
-
-
-
-
50
(sz. 20)
03
DRC26-50S03
-
-
04
DRC26-50S04
-
-
DRC10-40PA (180°)
DRC13-40PA (90°)
DRC10-40PB (180°)
DRC13-40PB (90°)
DRC10-40PC (180°)
DRC13-40PC (90°)
DRC10-40PD (180°)
DRC13-40PD (90°)
DRC20-50P01
(180°, outside mount)
DRC22-50P01
(180°, inside mount)
DRC20-50P02
(180°, outside mount)
DRC22-50P02
(180°, inside mount)
DRC20-50P03
(180°, outside mount)
DRC22-50P03
(180°, inside mount)
DRC20-50P04
(180°, outside mount)
DRC22-50P04
(180°, inside mount)
60
(sz. 20)
05
DRC26-60S05
-
-
-
06
DRC26-60S06
-
-
-
07
DRC26-60S07
-
-
-
64
(sz. 20)
AA
DRC26-24SA/
DRC26-40SA
-
-
DRC23-64PAA (90°)
A
DRC16-70SA
DRC14-70PA
DRC12-70PA
DRC13-70PA
B
DRC16-70SB
DRC14-70PB
DRC12-70PB
DRC13-70PB
C
DRC16-70SC
DRC14-70PC
DRC12-70PC
DRC13-70PC
D
DRC16-70SD
DRC14-70PD
DRC12-70PD
DRC13-70PD
01/02
DRC26-38S01-P017/
DRC26-38S02-P017
-
-
DRC20-76P0102
(180°)
70
(sz. 16)
76
(sz. 20
and sz.
12)
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DRC Series
WIRE SEALING RANGE
The wire sealing range is the recommended outside diameter of the wire insulation required to maintain an
environmental seal in the rear connector cavities.
Contact Size
Standard Seal
Thin Seal
T-Seal
Extra Thin Seal
E-Seal
20
16-22 AWG
(1.0-0.35mm2)
.040-.095
(1.02-2.41)
.040-.095
(1.02-2.41)
.040-.095
(1.02-2.41)
16
14-20 AWG
(2.0-0.5mm2)
.100-.134
(2.54-3.40)
.088-.134
(2.23-3.40)
.053-.120
(1.35-3.05)
12
10-14 AWG
(6.0-2.0mm2)
.097-.170
(2.46-4.95)
.113-.170
(2.87-4.32)
.097-.158
(2.46-4.01)
MATING CRITERIA
DEUTSCH DRC series plugs are keyed to provide positive alignment and to prevent mis-mating.
Jackscrew
Key
Note
Do not over torque jackscrew.
The recommended torque
rating for the DRC series plug
jackscrew when tightening is
25-28 IN-LB (2.82-3.16 N.M.).
PAGE 105
DRC Series
Accessories
Several accessory items are available to complement the connectors including boots, gaskets, backshells,
and wire routers. Accessories are designed to complete the application and meet a wide array of
design requirements such as providing additional protection and offering increased aesthetics.
BACKSHELLS
DEUTSCH DRC series backshells are designed to snap onto the back of the connectors and accept
convoluted tubing. The rigid, durable backshells offer a high level of protection, provide strain relief, and
improve aesthetics.
Connector
Cavities
Part Number
Description
38
0528-003-3805
90° backshell to the side, plug
38
0528-004-3805
90° backshell, plug
38
0528-005-3805
90° low profile backshell, plug
40
0515-015-4005
Wire router, plug
50
0528-001-5005
90° backshell, plug
60
0528-002-6005
90° backshell, plug
60
0528-007-6005
90° backshell to the side, plug
70
0515-029-7005
Straight wire router, plug
70
0515-031-7005
Straight wire router, plug or receptacle,
70
0528-006-7005
Straight backshell, plug or receptacle,
requires two halves and wire router
70
0528-012-7005
90° backshell to the side, plug or
receptacle, without tubing rib
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DRC Series
ut
LAD
D
l u si v e t
ion
xc
o
E
BOOTS
D i s t ri b
Boots provide a professional looking finishing touch for DEUTSCH DRC series connectors. Made
of durable plastisol, these slip-on boots are not only aesthetically appealing, but also provide
increased protection from dirt, paint overspray, and pressure washing. The plastisol boots are
rated from -20°F to +212°F (-28°C to +100°C) and offer a slip-on design making installation
quick and easy.
Part Number
Description
DRC24-BT
24 way boot, size 16 contact arrangements, black
DRC26-24BT
24 way boot, size 20 contact arrangements, black
DRC40-BT
40 way boot, size 16 contact arrangements, black
DRC40-BT90DEG
40 way boot, size 16 contact arrangements, 90° bend,
black
DRC26-40BT
40 way boot, size 20 contact arrangements, black
DRC70-BT
70 way boot, size 16 contact arrangements, black
*Distorting the boots can lessen their longevity
ut
LAD
D
l u si v e t
ion
xc
o
E
GASKETS
D i s t ri b
Moisture, dirt, salt, sand, and road debris can all work their way into electrical panels through
unsealed mounting flanges. Rated to operate in environments from -70°F to +225 F (-56°C to
+107°C), these rugged high quality neoprene gaskets form a tight seal between the panel face
and connector flange to help keep out destructive elements. The gaskets have a thickness of .125”
and the material meets the UL-94-HBF, Mil-R-6130C, and FMVSS-302 flammability specifications.
Gasket
Part Number
Connector
Part Number
DRC24-GKT
DRC12-24P**
DRC40-GKT
DRC12-40P**
DRC70-GKT
DRC12-70P**
PAGE 107
DRC Series
How To Instructions
CONTACT INSERTION
Step 1:
Grasp crimped contact
approximately one inch
behind the contact barrel.
Step 2:
Hold connector with rear
grommet facing you.
Step 3:
Push contact straight into
connector grommet until
a click is felt. A slight tug
will confirm that it is properly locked in place.
Step 2:
Slide tool along the wire
into the insert cavity
until it engages contact
and resistance is felt.
Step 3:
Pull contact wire assembly
out of connector.
CONTACT REMOVAL
Step 1:
With rear insert toward
you, snap appropriate size
removal tool over the wire
of contact to be removed.
.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Contents
DT Family Overview.................................................110
Product Documentation.......................................... 111
Performance Specifications................................... 111
Material Specifications............................................. 111
Dimensions........................................................... 112-113
Configurations............................................................114
Ordering Information........................................ 115-116
Required Components..................................... 117-118
Special Modifications.......................................118-120
Accessories.......................................................... 121-127
DT Family Printed Circuit Board........................ 128
DTMH Series & High Temperature
Modification.......................................................129-130
DTV Series................................................................... 131
How To Instructions................................................ 132
DT Family
DT Family Overview
DEUTSCH DT, DTM, and DTP series environmentally sealed connectors
are designed for cable to cable and cable to board applications. The DT
connectors are used in harsh environment applications where even a
small degradation in connection may be critical. Thermoplastic housings
offer a wide operating temperature range and silicone rear wire and
interface seals allow the connectors to withstand conditions of extreme
temperature and moisture.
The DEUTSCH DT series general purpose connectors will provide
reliability and performance on the engine or transmission, under the
hood, on the chassis, or in the cab.
DT SERIES OVERVIEW
DTM SERIES OVERVIEW
DEUTSCH DT series connectors offer field proven
reliability and rugged quality. The DT design
strengths include optional flange mounting,
multi-pin arrangements, and design flexibility.
The DT series offers the designer the ability to
use multiple size 16 contacts, each with 13 amp
continuous capacity, within a single shell.
DEUTSCH DTM series connectors offer solutions to
your smaller wire gauge applications. Building on
the DT design strengths, the DTM connector line was
developed to fill the need for lower amperage, multipin connectors. The DTM series offers the designer
the ability to use multiple size 20 contacts, each with
7.5 amp continuous capacity, within a single shell.
DTP SERIES OVERVIEW
DEUTSCH DTP series connectors provide solutions
for your power application requirements. Building
on both the DT and DTM design strengths, the
DTP connector line was developed to fill the need
for higher amperage, multi-pin connectors.
The DTP series offers the designer the ability
to use multiple size 12 contacts, each with 25
amp continuous capacity, within a single shell.
The DTP connectors are currently available
in two and four pin configurations.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DT Family
APPLICABLE PRODUCT DOCUMENTATION
Additional documentation is available for assistance with DT Family products. The following TE Connectivity
document numbers may be helpful:
108-151009 (Product Specification, DT series)
108-151010 (Product Specification, DTM series)
DEUTSCH CONNECTOR PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature:
Operating at temperatures -55°C to +125°C
• DTMH series: -55°C to +150°C
Durability:
No electrical or mechanical defects after 100 cycles
of engagement and disengagement.
Vibration:
No unlocking or unmating and exhibits no mechanical or
physical damage after sinusoidal vibration levels of 20 G’s at 10
to 2000 Hz in each of the three mutually perpendicular planes.
No electrical discontinuities longer than 1 microsecond.
Fluid Resistance:
Connectors show no damage when exposed to
most fluids used in industrial applications.
Insulation Resistance:
1000 megohms minimum at 25°C.
Immersion:
IP68 rating
Moisture Resistance:
Properly wired and mated connections will withstand immersion under
three feet of water without loss of electronic qualities or leakage.
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: Current leakage less than 2 milliamps at 1500 volts AC.
Thermal Cycle:
No cracking, chipping or leaking after 20 test cycles from -55°C to +125°C.
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS (DT, DTM, DTMH, DTP, DTV SERIES)
Grommet:
Silicone rubber
Receptacle
Silicone rubber
Interfacial Seal:
Receptacle
Threaded
Inserts:
Stainless steel
Shell:
Glass filled PA
Wedgelocks:
Glass filled PBT
PAGE 111
DT Family
DT SERIES DIMENSIONS
E
B
A
C
D
F
DT Plug
DT Receptacle
Overall Length
A
Overall Height
B
Overall Width
C
Overall Length
D
Overall Height
E
Overall Width
F
2
1.118 (28.4)
.628 (15.95)
.591 (15.01)
1.708 (43.38)
.670 (17.02)
.675 (17.15)
3
1.118 (28.4)
.934 (23.72)
.718 (18.23)
1.698 (43.13)
.973 (24.71)
.832 (21.13)
4
1.218 (30.94)
.724 (18.39)
.716 (18.19)
1.808 (45.92)
.776 (19.71)
.820 (20.83)
6
1.218 (30.94)
.891 (22.63)
.716 (18.19)
1.808 (45.92)
.951 (24.16)
.820 (20.83)
8
1.217 (30.91)
.776 (19.71)
1.465 (37.21)
1.798 (45.67)
1.000 (25.40)
1.435 (36.45)
12
1.218 (30.94)
.716 (18.19)
1.597 (40.56)
1.808 (45.92)
.876 (22.25)
1.597 (40.56)
Cavity
Dimensions are for reference only.
DTM SERIES DIMENSIONS
E
B
C
A
F
DTM Plug
D
DTM Receptacle
Overall Length
A
Overall Height
B
Overall Width
C
Overall Length
D
Overall Height
E
Overall Width
F
2
1.085 (27.56)
.508 (12.90)
.475 (12.07)
1.620 (41.15)
.638 (16.21)
.651 (16.54)
3
1.085 (27.56)
.551 (14.00)
.640 (16.26)
1.620 (41.15)
.638 (16.21)
.861 (20.73)
4
1.185 (30.10)
.695 (17.65)
.600 (15.24)
1.720 (43.69)
.772 (19.61)
.756 (19.20)
6
1.185 (30.10)
.817 (20.75)
.600 (15.24)
1.720 (43.69)
.937 (23.80)
.756 (19.20)
8
1.185 (30.10)
.600 (15.24)
1.245 (31.62)
1.720 (43.69)
.796 (20.22)
1.245 (31.62)
12
1.185 (30.10)
.600 (15.24)
1.575 (40.01)
1.720 (43.69)
.796 (20.22)
1.575 (40.01)
Cavity
Dimensions are for reference only.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DT Family
DTP SERIES DIMENSIONS
E
B
D
A
C
F
DTP Plug
DTP Receptacle
Overall Length
A
Overall Height
B
Overall Width
C
Overall Length
D
Overall Height
E
Overall Width
F
2
1.364 (34.65)
.711 (18.06)
.732 (18.59)
1.861 (47.27)
.869 (22.07)
.872 (22.15)
4
1.364 (34.65)
.960 (24.38)
.868 (22.05)
1.861 (47.27)
1.048 (26.62)
1.060 (26.92)
Cavity
Dimensions are for reference only.
PAGE 113
DT Family
DT FAMILY CONFIGURATIONS
Keying Options
A
A key
B
B key
C
C key
D
D key
Insert Arrangement
XX-XX
X size XX
X, X, X
Part Number
Number and Size of Cavities
DT SERIES CONFIGURATIONS
DT0*-2*
2 size 16
DT0*-3*
3 size 16
DT0*-4*
4 size 16
DT0*-6*
6 size 16
DT0*-08**
8 size 16
A, B, C, D
DTM0*-6*
6 size 20
DTM0*-08**
8 size 20
A, B, C, D
DT0*-12**
12 size 16
A, B, C, D
DTM SERIES CONFIGURATIONS
DTM0*-2*
2 size 20
DTM0*-3*
3 size 20
DTM0*-4*
4 size 20
DTP SERIES CONFIGURATIONS
DTP0*-2*
2 size 12
DTP0*-4*
4 size 12
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DTM0*-12**
12 size 20
A, B, C, D
DT Family
PART NUMBERING SYSTEM
Part Number
DT* 06 - 2 S * - ****
Series
Special Modifications
Blank DT series
Key (if applicable)
F
DTF series
M
DTM series
MF
P
Contacts
DTMF series
DTP series
P
Pin
S
Socket
Configuration
Style
04
Receptacle
Note
06
Plug
See part numbering systems
13
Receptacle, 90° pins
15
Receptacle, straight pins
for DTV and DTMH series
on pages 129-131.
DT SERIES ORDERING INFORMATION
Here are some of the common part numbers in the DT series. Several additional connectors may be available.
Keying
Plug
Receptacle
Plug
Reduced Dia. Seals
Receptacle
Reduced Dia. Seals
2
-
DT06-2S
DT04-2P
DT06-2S-C015
DT04-2P-C015
3
-
DT06-3S
DT04-3P
DT06-3S-C015
DT04-3P-C015
4
-
DT06-4S
DT04-4P
DT06-4S-C015
DT04-4P-C015
6
-
DT06-6S
DT04-6P
DT06-6S-C015
DT04-6P-C015
Key A
DT06-08SA
DT04-08PA
DT06-08SA-C015
DT04-08PA-C015
Key B
DT06-08SB
DT04-08PB
DT06-08SB-C015
DT04-08PB-C015
Key C
DT06-08SC
DT04-08PC
DT06-08SC-C015
DT04-08PC-C015
Key D
DT06-08SD
DT04-08PD
DT06-08SD-C015
DT04-08PD-C015
Key A
DT06-12SA
DT04-12PA
DT06-12SA-C015
DT04-12PA-C015
Key B
DT06-12SB
DT04-12PB
DT06-12SB-C015
DT04-12PB-C015
Key C
DT06-12SC
DT04-12PC
DT06-12SC-C015
DT04-12PC-C015
Key D
DT06-12SD
DT04-12PD
DT06-12SD-C015
DT04-12PD-C015
Position
8
12
PAGE 115
DT Family
DTM SERIES ORDERING INFORMATION
Here are some of the common part numbers in the DTM series. Several additional connectors may be available.
Position
Keying
Plug
Receptacle
2
-
DTM06-2S
DTM04-2P
3
-
DTM06-3S
DTM04-3P
4
-
DTM06-4S
DTM04-4P
6
-
DTM06-6S
DTM04-6P
Key A
DTM06-08SA
DTM04-08PA
Key B
DTM06-08SB
DTM04-08PB
Key C
DTM06-08SC
DTM04-08PC
Key D
DTM06-08SD
DTM04-08PD
Key A
DTM06-12SA
DTM04-12PA
Key B
DTM06-12SB
DTM04-12PB
Key C
DTM06-12SC
DTM04-12PC
Key D
DTM06-12SD
DTM04-12PD
8
12
DTP SERIES ORDERING INFORMATION
Here are some of the common part numbers in the DTP series. Several additional connectors may be available.
Plug
Receptacle
Plug
Reduced Dia. Seals
Receptacle
Reduced Dia. Seals
2
DTP06-2S
DTP04-2P
DTP06-2S-C015
DTP04-2P-C015
4
DTP06-4S
DTP04-4P
DTP06-4S-C015
DTP04-4P-C015
Position
WIRE SEALING RANGE
The wire sealing range is the recommended outside diameter of the wire insulation required to maintain an
environmental seal in the rear connector cavities.
Contact Size
Standard Seal
Extra Thin Seal
E-Seal
20
14-22 AWG
(2.5-0.35mm2)
.053-.120
(1.35-3.05)
-
16
14-20 AWG
(2.0-0.5mm2)
.088-.145
(2.23-3.68)
.053-.120
(1.35-3.05)
12
10-14 AWG
(6.0-2.0mm2)
.134-.170
(3.40-4.32)
.097-.158
(2.46-4.01)
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DT Family
Required Components
SECONDARY WEDGELOCKS
DEUTSCH DT style electrical connectors require secondary wedgelocks which are sold separately. The wedgelocks
help confirm proper contact alignment within each connector. Secondary wedgelocks are assembled at the
mating interface and press into place. If by chance the secondary wedgelocks are not properly seated during
assembly, they will be pressed into locked position during the mating of the connector.
Adding to the design flexibility of the DT series, several wedgelocks offer keying options. Wedgelocks for
enhanced seal retention plugs (P012) are also available.
DT Series Receptacle Wedgelocks
DT Series Plug Wedgelocks
W2P*
Wedgelock for 2 way receptacle
*A, B, C, D keying available
W2S*
Wedgelock for 2 way plug
*A, B, C, D keying available
W3P*
Wedgelock for 3 way receptacle
*J1939 keying available
W3S*
Wedgelock for 3 way plug
*J1939 keying available
W4P*
Wedgelock for 4 way receptacle
*A, B, C, D keying available
W4S*
Wedgelock for 4 way plug
*A, B, C, D keying available
W6P
Wedgelock for 6 way receptacle
W6S
Wedgelock for 6 way plug
W8P
Wedgelock for 8 way receptacle
W8S
Wedgelock for 8 way plug
W12P
Wedgelock for 12 way receptacle
W12S
Wedgelock for 12 way plug
Note
Wedgelocks for enhanced
plugs (P012) are available.
PAGE 117
DT Family
DTM Series Receptacle Wedgelocks
DTM Series Plug Wedgelocks
WM-2P*
Wedgelock for 2 way receptacle
*A, B, C, D keying available
WM-2S*
Wedgelock for 2 way plug
*A, B, C, D keying available
WM-3P
Wedgelock for 3 way receptacle
WM-3S
Wedgelock for 3 way plug
WM-4P
Wedgelock for 4 way receptacle
WM-4S
Wedgelock for 4 way plug
WM-6P
Wedgelock for 6 way receptacle
WM-6S
Wedgelock for 6 way plug
WM-8P
Wedgelock for 8 way receptacle
WM-8S
Wedgelock for 8 way plug
WM-12P
Wedgelock for 12 way receptacle
WM-12S
Wedgelock for 12 way plug
DTP Series Receptacle Wedgelocks
DTP Series Plug Wedgelocks
WP-2P
Wedgelock for 2 way receptacle
WP-2S
Wedgelock for 2 way plug
WP-4P
Wedgelock for 4 way receptacle
WP-4S
Wedgelock for 4 way plug
Special Modifications
The DT series connectors offer several modifications to enhance the design flexibility and meet application
specific needs. Options include enhanced seal retention, flanges, and connector body color just to mention a few.
By combining the DT series connectors with the available modifications and accessories, the design possibilities
are immense.
B016 MODIFICATION
The B016 receptacle modification helps prevent mis-mating. The B016
is available for the DT 12 way connectors, DT13/15, and DTF13/15 PCB
series connectors. In addition to the four keying positions (A, B, C, or
D) and color coding, the B016 enhancement gives the user both visual
and tactile proof of correct mating, thus helping eliminate mis-mating
opportunities during assembly.
Please note the P012 plug is the required mate for the B016 receptacle to
make the enhancement effective.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DT Family
DETECTOR
The Detector connector has an integrated LED used for diagnostics.
The transparent housing features reduced diameter seals and may
be ordered with or without an end cap. Color coded wedgelocks
for operating voltages, 12VDC and 24VDC are available.
Description
Part Number
Plug, 2 way, LED, transparent Ultem
material, reduced diameter seals, end cap
DT06-2S-SDT-CE27
Plug, 2 way, LED, transparent Ultem
material, reduced diameter seals
DT06-2S-SDT-CE28
Wedgelock, LED, 12V, yellow
W2S-SDT-12V
Wedgelock, LED, 24V, red
W2S-SDT-24V
P012 MODIFICATION
The DT P012 plugs provide enhanced front seal
retention resulting in an ultra tight environmental
seal. The enhanced seal retention keeps the seal
in place during mating and unmating. The P012
modification requires an enhanced P012 wedgelock.
The DEUTSCH P012 modification is available in 2, 3,
4, 6, 8, and 12 cavity arrangements. P012 plugs have a
black connector body except for the 8 and 12 cavity
arrangements, where the color is based on the key.
C015 MODIFICATION
The C015 modification offers a reduced diameter insert cavity allowing for a proper seal
with smaller wire insulation. The C015 modification is also referred to as an “E” seal.
E003 MODIFICATION
The E003 modification offers a protective end cap attached to the rear of the connector.
There are holes in the cap to allow the contacts to be inserted.
PAGE 119
DT Family
E004 MODIFICATION
The E004 modification changes the connector body color to black.
E005 MODIFICATION
The E005 modification offers a protective end cap attached to the rear of the connector
and has a black connector body.
E007 & E008 MODIFICATION
To meet the application requirements where wires need added protection, the DT (E008)
and DTM (E007) series may be supplied with shrink boot adapters. These adapters accept
shrink tubing.
FLANGE MODIFICATIONS
Designed to simplify wire routing and assembly, DT series receptacles are available in many
mounting configurations and styles.
Welded flange
• Welded flange - BL04, BL08, CL03, L012, LE14
• Welded flange, end cap - LE07, LE11
• Welded flange, shrink boot adapter - LE08, LE12
Sealed flange
• Sealed flange, end cap - CL09, LE01, LE05, LE06, LE09, LE10, LE17, LE21
• Sealed flange, shrink boot adapter - BL10, CL07
Note
Additional modifications
are available, please contact
your representative.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DT Family
Accessories
Several accessory items are available to complement the connectors including boots, backshells, gaskets, dust
caps, and mounting clips. Accessory items cover a wide array of design requirements such as assisting with
mounting, providing additional protection, and offering enhanced aesthetics.
ut
LAD
D
l u si v e t
ion
xc
o
E
GASKETS
D i s t ri b
Moisture, dirt, salt, sand, and road debris can all work their way into electrical panels through
unsealed mounting flanges. Rated to operate in environments from -70°F to +225°F (-56°C to
+107°C), these rugged high quality neoprene gaskets form a tight seal between the panel face
and connector flange to help keep out destructive elements. The gaskets have a thickness of .125”
and the material meets the UL-94-HBF, Mil-R-6130C, and FMVSS-302 flammability specifications.
Gasket Part Number
Connector Part Number
DT3P-L012-GKT
DT04-3P-L012
DT4P-L012-GKT
DT04-4P-L012
DTP4P-L012-GKT
DTP04-4P-L012
DT8P-L012-GKT
DT04-08P*-L012
DT12-L012-GKT
DT04-12P*-L012
DTM04-12P*-L012
ut
LAD
D
l u si v e t
ion
xc
o
E
DUST CAPS
D i s t ri b
The DT series dust caps are made of either thermoplastic or durable plastisol and are designed
to provide protection for the connector interface when the two halves are not mated. The
plastisol caps, available for plugs and receptacles, are suitable for providing temporary
protection from dirt, dust, and paint overspray. The thermoplastic caps provide an environmental
seal for an unmated plug.
Thermoplastic Dust
Cap Part Number
Connector Part Number
1011-344-0205
DT06-2S
1011-345-0305
DT06-3S
1011-346-0405
DT06-4S
1011-347-0605
DT06-6S
1011-348-0805
DT06-08S*
1011-349-1205
DT06-12S*, DT16-15S*, DT16-18S*
PAGE 121
DT Family
Plastisol Dust Cap Part Number
Connector Part Number
DTM3S-DC
DTM06-3S
DT3P-DC
DT04-3P
DT4P-DC
DT04-4P
DT6P-DC
DT04-6P
DTM12P-DC
DTM04-12P*
DT12P-DC, DT12P-DC-BK
DT04-12P*
DT12S-DC
DT06-12S*
ut
LAD
D
l u si v e t
ion
xc
o
E
BOOTS
D i s t ri b
Boots provide a professional looking finishing touch for DEUTSCH DT family connectors. Made
of durable plastisol, these slip-on boots are not only aesthetically appealing, but also provide
increased protection from dirt, paint overspray, and pressure washing. The plastisol boots are
rated from -20°F to +212°F (-28°C to +100°C) and offer a slip-on design making installation
quick and easy.
Boot Part Number
Receptacle Boot Description
DT Series
DTM Series
DTP Series
2 way receptacle boot, gray
DT2P-BT
DTM2P-BT
DTP2P-BT
2 way receptacle boot, black
DT2P-BT-BK
DTM2P-BT-BK
DTP2P-BT-BK
3 way receptacle boot, gray
DT3P-BT
DTM3P-BT
-
3 way receptacle boot, black
DT3P-BT-BK
DTM3P-BT-BK
-
4 way receptacle boot, gray
DT4P-BT
DTM4P-BT
DTP4P-BT
4 way receptacle boot, gray,
enhanced length
-
-
DTP4P-BT-EN
6 way receptacle boot, gray
DT6P-BT
DTM6P-BT
-
6 way receptacle boot, black
DT6P-BT-BK
-
-
8 way receptacle boot, gray
DT8P-BT
DTM8P-BT
-
8 way receptacle boot, black
DT8P-BT-BK
DTM8P-BT-BK
-
12 way receptacle boot, gray
DT12P-BT
DTM12P-BT
-
12 way receptacle boot, black
DT12P-BT-BK
DTM12P-BT-BK
-
12 way receptacle boot, gray,
enhanced length
DT12P-BT-EN
-
-
*Distorting the boots can lessen their longevity
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DT Family
Boot Part Number
Plug Boot Description
DT Series
DTM Series
DTP Series
2 way plug boot, gray
DT2S-BT
DTM2S-BT
DTP2S-BT
2 way plug boot, black
DT2S-BT-BK
DTM2S-BT-BK
-
3 way plug boot, gray
DT3S-BT
DTM3S-BT
-
3 way plug boot, black
DT3S-BT-BK
DTM3S-BT-BK
-
4 way plug boot, gray
DT4S-BT
DTM4S-BT
DTP4S-BT
-
-
DTP4S-BT-EN
6 way plug boot, gray
DT6S-BT
DTM6S-BT
-
6 way plug boot, black
DT6S-BT-BK
-
-
8 way plug boot, gray
DT8S-BT
DTM8S-BT
-
8 way plug boot, black
DT8S-BT-BK
DTM8S-BT-BK
-
12 way plug boot, gray
DT12S-BT
DTM12S-BT
-
12 way plug boot, black
DT12S-BT-BK
DTM12S-BT-BK
-
12 way plug boot, gray, enhanced
length
DT12S-BT-EN
-
-
DT48S-BT
-
-
4 way plug boot, gray, enhanced
length
48 way plug boot, gray
*Distorting the boots can lessen their longevity
PAGE 123
DT Family
BACKSHELLS
The DEUTSCH DT and DTM series backshells are designed to snap
onto and mate with all standard (basic plug and receptacles without
modifications that affect the rear of the connector) DT and DTM
series connectors. The rigid, durable backshells offer a high level
of protection and allow convoluted tubing to nest within the rear
of the backshell. Straight (180°) and right angle (90°) versions and
backshells with strain relief for jacketed cable are also available.
Since the backshells are designed to work with the standard DT
and DTM connectors, tests should be conducted for fit and function
of a backshell being used on any part with a modification.
DT Series Receptacle Backshells
Connector
Style
DT04-2P
180°
Strain
Relief
Tubing size (mm)
Part Number
6, 7.5, 8.5, and 10
1011-229-0205
6, 7.5, 8.5, and 10
1011-257-0205
6, 7.5, 8.5, and 10
1011-230-0205
6, 7.5, 8.5, and 10
1011-258-0205
6, 7.5, 8.5, and 10
1011-233-0305
6, 7.5, 8.5, and 10
1011-261-0305
6, 7.5, 8.5, and 10
1011-234-0305
6, 7.5, 8.5, and 10
1011-262-0305
6, 7.5, 8.5, and 10
1011-237-0405
6, 7.5, 8.5, and 10
1011-265-0405
6, 7.5, 8.5, and 10
1011-238-0405
6, 7.5, 8.5, and 10
1011-266-0405
8.5, 10, and 13
1011-241-0605
8.5, 10, and 13
1011-269-0605
8.5, 10, and 13
1011-242-0605
8.5, 10, and 13
1011-270-0605
180°
8.5, 10, and 13
1011-245-0805
90°
8.5, 10, and 13
1011-246-0805
180°
10, 13, and 17
1011-249-1205
90°
10, 13, and 17
1011-250-1205
180°
X
90°
90°
DT04-3P
X
180°
180°
X
90°
90°
DT04-4P
X
180°
180°
X
90°
90°
DT04-6P
X
180°
180°
X
90°
90°
DT04-08P*
DT04-12P*
X
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DT Family
DT Series Plug Backshells
Connector
Style
DT06-2S
180°
Strain
Relief
Tubing size (mm)
Part Number
6, 7.5, 8.5, and 10
1011-227-0205
6, 7.5, 8.5, and 10
1011-255-0205
6, 7.5, 8.5, and 10
1011-228-0205
6, 7.5, 8.5, and 10
1011-256-0205
6, 7.5, 8.5, and 10
1011-231-0305
6, 7.5, 8.5, and 10
1011-259-0305
6, 7.5, 8.5, and 10
1011-232-0305
6, 7.5, 8.5, and 10
1011-260-0305
6, 7.5, 8.5, and 10
1011-235-0405
6, 7.5, 8.5, and 10
1011-263-0405
6, 7.5, 8.5, and 10
1011-236-0405
6, 7.5, 8.5, and 10
1011-264-0405
8.5, 10, and 13
1011-239-0605
8.5, 10, and 13
1011-267-0605
8.5, 10, and 13
1011-240-0605
8.5, 10, and 13
1011-268-0605
180°
8.5, 10, and 13
1011-243-0805
90°
8.5, 10, and 13
1011-244-0805
180°
10, 13, and 17
1011-247-1205
90°
10, 13, and 17
1011-248-1205
180°
13 and 17
1028-043-1205
180°
X
90°
90°
DT06-3S
X
180°
180°
X
90°
90°
DT06-4S
X
180°
180°
X
90°
90°
DT06-6S
X
180°
180°
X
90°
90°
DT06-08S*
DT06-12S*
DT06-12S*-****
X
Note: 1028-043-1205 backshell is designed to fit on 12 way plugs with modifications
PULL OFF STRENGTH
Connector
Fp [N]
FT [N]
DT04-2P / DT06-2S
50 / 50
50 / 10
DT04-3P / DT06-3S
50 / 50
50 / 50
DT04-4P / DT06-4S
50 / 50
50 / 25
DT04-6P / DT06-6S
50 / 50
50 / 30
DT04-08P* / DT06-08S*
50 / 50
50 / 35
DT04-12P* / DT06-12S*
50 / 50
50 / 40
FT
FT
90°
90°
FP
FP
PAGE 125
DT Family
DTM Series Backshells
Connector
Style
Tubing size (mm)
Part Number
DTM*04-2P
180°
7.5 and 8.5
1028-021-0205
DTM06-2S
180°
7.5 and 8.5
1011-273-0205
DTM*06-2S
180°
8.5
1028-041-0205
DTM*04-3P
180°
8.5
1028-024-0305
DTM*06-3S
180°
8.5
1028-005-0305
DTM*04-4P
180°
8.5
1028-027-0405
DTM*06-4S
180°
8.5
1028-008-0405
DTM06-6S
180°
10 and 13
1028-011-0605
DTM06-08S*
180°
10 and 13
1028-013-0805
DTM04-12P*
180°
13 and 17
1028-034-1205
DTM06-12S*
180°
13 and 17
1028-015-1205
Adapter for 2,
3, and 4 pin
90°
7.5 and 8.5
1028-016-0005
Adapter for 6
and 8 pin
90°
10 and 13
1028-017-0005
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DT Family
MOUNTING CLIPS
Mounting clips are installed on the receptacle to mount DT series connectors. To meet design needs, the
clips are available for several configurations and in plastic, stainless steel, or steel with zinc plating.
Cavity
Arrangement
Mounting
Direction
Color/Material
Hole O.D.
inches (mm)
1027-003-1200
DT 2, 3, 4, 6, 12
DTM, DTP (all)
Straight
Stainless steel
.433 (11.0)
1027-005-1200
DT 2, 3, 4, 6, 12
DTM, DTP (all)
Straight
Stainless steel
.512 (13.0)
1027-004-1200
DT 2, 3, 4, 6, 12
DTM, DTP (all)
Straight
Steel w/
zinc plating
.512 (13.0)
1027-008-1200
DT 2, 3, 4, 6, 12
DTM, DTP (all)
Side
Steel w/
zinc plating
.433 (11.0)
1027-013-1200/
1027-017-1200
DT 2, 3, 4, 6, 12
DTM, DTP (all)
Side
Steel w/
zinc plating
.323 (8.2)
1027-001-0800
DT 8 cavity only
Straight
Stainless steel
.433 (11.0)
1027-006-0800
DT 8 cavity only
Straight
Stainless steel
.512 (13.0)
1027-002-0800
DT 8 cavity only
Straight
Steel w/
zinc plating
.512 (13.0)
1027-014-0800
DT 8 cavity only
Straight
Steel w/
zinc plating
.323 (8.2)
1011-026-0205
DT 2, 3, 4, 6, 12
DTM, DTP (all)
Straight
Gray
plastic
.200 (5.08)
1011-030-0205
DT 2, 3, 4, 6, 12
DTM, DTP (all)
Straight
Black
plastic
---
*Connector
removeable with
50N of force
DT 2, 3, 4, 6, 12
DTM, DTP (all)
Straight
Black
plastic
---
1011-027-0805
DT 8 cavity only
Straight
Gray
plastic
.200 (5.08)
Part Number
1011-310-0205*
PAGE 127
DT Family
DT Family Printed Circuit Board Connectors
The DT Family offers printed circuit board (PCB) connectors that are heavy duty environmentally sealed
connectors designed for wire-to-circuit board connections. Available in a variety of styles for the DT,
DTM, and DTP connector series, DEUTSCH PCB connectors cover a range of pin counts from 2 to 48
and wire gauges from 10 to 22. Many of the connectors are available in straight or 90° pin options.
PCB PART NUMBERING SYSTEM
Part Number
DT* 13 - 6 P * - ****
Series
Special Modifications
Blank DT series
Key (if applicable)
F
DTF series
M
DTM series
MF
P
A
B
C
D
Contacts
DTMF series
P
DTP series
Pin
Configuration
Style
13
Receptacle, 90° pins
15
Receptacle, straight pins
Note
For additional information,
please see the PCB section.
DT FAMILY PCB CONFIGURATIONS
Pin/Flange Style
90° Flange
Straight Flange
90° Flangeless
Straight
Flangeless
2 way receptacle, DT series
DT13-2P
DT15-2P
DTF13-2P
-
3 way receptacle, DT series
-
-
DTF13-3P
-
4 way receptacle, DT series
DT13-4P
DT15-4P
DTF13-4P
-
DTP13-4P
DTP15-4P
-
-
6 way receptacle, DT series
DT13-6P
DT15-6P
DTF13-6P
-
8 way receptacle, DT series
DT13-08P*
DT15-08P*
-
-
12 way receptacle, DT series
DT13-12P*
DT15-12P*
DTF13-12P*
DTF15-12P*
12 way receptacle, DTM series
DTM13-12P*
DTM15-12P*
-
-
48 way receptacle, DTM series
-
-
-
DTMF15-48P
Connector Description
4 way receptacle, DTP series
* = Keying (A, B, C, or D)
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DT Family
DTMH Series & High Temperature Modification Overview
The DTMH series and DTM series EE04 modification connectors are
environmentally sealed, high temperature connectors capable of
operating in temperatures -55°C to +150°C. They accept size 20 contacts
and carry 7.5 amps each. The DTMH connectors are available in 2-4 cavity
arrangements and feature an integrated TPA for easy assembly. The
EE04 connectors are available in 6, 8, and 12 cavity arrangements and
require a secondary wedgelock.
DTMH SERIES PART NUMBERING SYSTEM
Part Number
DTMH 04 - 2 P *
Key (if applicable)
Series
Style
A
04
Receptacle
06
Plug
B
C
D
Contacts
Configuration
P
Pin
S
Socket
DTMH SERIES CONFIGURATIONS
DTMH0*-2**
2 size 20
DTMH0*-3**
3 size 20
DTMH0*-4**
4 size 20
DTMH SERIES DIMENSIONS
B
E
A
D
C
F
DTMH Plug
DTMH Receptacle
Overall Length
A
Overall Height
B
Overall Width
C
Overall Length
D
Overall Height
E
Overall Width
F
2
1.085 (27.56)
.508 (12.90)
.555 (14.10)
1.620 (41.15)
.638 (16.21)
.729 (18.52)
3
1.085 (27.56)
.558 (14.17)
.640 (16.26)
1.620 (41.16)
.638 (16.21)
.894 (22.71)
4
1.185 (30.10)
.652 (16.56)
.680 (17.27)
1.720 (43.69)
.772 (19.61)
.834 (21.18)
Cavity
Dimensions are for reference only.
PAGE 129
DT Family
DTM SERIES (EE04 MOD) PART NUMBERING SYSTEM
Part Number
DTM 06 - 6 S * - EE04
Series
High Temperature Black
Modification
Style
04
Receptacle
06
Plug
Key (if applicable)
A
8
C
D
Contacts
Configuration
6
B
12
P
Pin
S
Socket
DTM SERIES CONFIGURATIONS
Note
DTM EE04 connectors require
a secondary wedgelock
DTM0*-6*-EE04
6 size 20
DTM0*-08**-EE04
8 size 20
DTM0*-12**-EE04
12 size 20
A, B, C, D
A, B, C, D
that is sold separately.
DTM SERIES DIMENSIONS
E
B
C
A
F
DTM Plug
D
DTM Receptacle
Overall Length
A
Overall Height
B
Overall Width
C
Overall Length
D
Overall Height
E
Overall Width
F
6
1.185 (30.10)
.817 (20.75)
.600 (15.24)
1.720 (43.69)
.937 (23.80)
.756 (19.20)
8
1.185 (30.10)
.600 (15.24)
1.245 (31.62)
1.720 (43.69)
.792 (20.12)
1.245 (31.62)
12
1.185 (30.10)
.600 (15.24)
1.575 (40.01)
1.720 (43.69)
.796 (20.22)
1.575 (40.01)
Cavity
Dimensions are for reference only.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DT Family
DTV Series Overview
The DEUTSCH DTV series connectors offer the same time tested
reliability and performance as the DT series, with the added flexibility
of an 18 cavity flanged design.
DTV SERIES PART NUMBERING SYSTEM
Part Number
DTV 06 - 18 S *
Key (if applicable)
Series
Style
A
02
Receptacle
06
Plug
B
C
D
Contacts
Configuration
P
Pin
S
Socket
DTV SERIES DIMENSIONS
E
B
C
A
DTV Plug
Cavity
18
D
F
DTV Receptacle
Overall Length
A
Overall Height
B
Overall Width
C
Overall Length
D
Overall Height
E
Overall Width
F
1.405 (35.69)
1.059 (26.90)
1.450 (36.83)
2.495 (63.37)
1.786 (45.36)
3.194 (81.12)
Dimensions are for reference only.
SECONDARY WEDGELOCKS
DTV Series Receptacle Wedgelock
DTV Series Plug Wedgelock
WV-18P
WV-18S
Wedgelock for 18 way receptacle
Wedgelock for 18 way plug
PAGE 131
DT Family
How To Instructions
CONTACT INSERTION
Step 1:
Grasp crimped contact
approximately one inch
behind the contact barrel.
Step 2:
Hold connector with rear
grommet facing you.
Step 3:
Push contact straight into
connector grommet until
a click is felt. A slight tug
will confirm that it is properly locked in place.
Note
The receptacle is shown, use the
same procedure for the plug.
Step 4:
Once all contacts are in
place, insert green wedge.
The green wedge will snap
into place.
CONTACT REMOVAL
Step 1:
Remove green wedge
using needlenose pliers to
pull wedge straight out.
Step 2:
To remove the contacts,
gently pull wire backwards, while at the same
time releasing the locking
finger by moving it away
from the contact with a
screwdriver.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Step 3:
Hold the rear seal in place,
as removing the contact
will displace the seal.
Contents
HD10 Series Overview...........................................134
Performance Specifications.................................134
Material Specifications...........................................134
Dimensions................................................................. 135
Configurations...........................................................136
Ordering Information.............................................. 137
Special Modifications.............................................. 138
Accessories.........................................................139-142
How To Instructions................................................143
HD10 Series
HD10 Series Overview
The HD10 series is an environmentally sealed, thermoplastic, and
cylindrical connector series. With arrangements from 3 to 9 cavities,
HD10 connectors accept size 4, 12, or 16 contacts and are available
either in-line or flanged. HD10 connectors are heavily used for diagnostic
applications and are available with or without a coupling ring.
DEUTSCH CONNECTOR PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature:
Operating at temperatures -55°C to +125°C
Durability:
No electrical or mechanical defects after 100 cycles
of engagement and disengagement.
Vibration:
No unlocking or unmating and exhibits no mechanical or
physical damage after sinusoidal vibration levels of 20 G’s at 10
to 2000 Hz in each of the three mutually perpendicular planes.
No electrical discontinuities longer than 1 microsecond.
Fluid Resistance:
Connectors show no damage when exposed to
most fluids used in industrial applications.
Insulation Resistance:
1000 megohms minimum at 25°C.
Immersion:
IP68 rating
Moisture Resistance:
Properly wired and mated connections will withstand immersion under
three feet of water without loss of electronic qualities or leakage.
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: Current leakage less than 2 milliamps at 1500 volts AC.
Thermal Cycle:
No cracking, chipping or leaking after 20 test cycles from -55°C to +125°C.
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
Grommet:
Silicone rubber
Insert Retainer:
Thermoplastic
Receptacle
Interfacial Seal:
Silicone rubber
Shell:
Thermoplastic
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
HD10 Series
DIMENSIONS
A
C
ØB
ØD
HD10 Plug
HD10 Receptacle
Overall Length
A
Overall Height
ØB
Overall Length
C
Overall Height
ØD
3
1.609 (40.87)
1.069 (27.15)
1.639 (41.63)
.851 (21.62)
4
1.639 (41.63)
1.595 (40.51)
1.639 (41.63)
1.281 (32.54)
5
1.609 (40.87)
1.218 (30.94)
1.639 (41.63)
1.001 (25.43)
6
1.619 (41.12)
1.453 (36.91)
1.639 (41.63)
1.141 (28.98)
9
1.609 (40.87)
1.593 (40.47)
1.639 (41.63)
1.281 (32.54)
Cavity
Dimensions are for reference only.
CONNECTOR STYLES
Plug
HD16
Square Flange
Receptacle
HD10
In-line
Receptacle
HD14
PAGE 135
HD10 Series
CONFIGURATIONS
Insert Arrangement
XX-XX
X size XX
3-16/3-96*
3 size 16
4-4
1 size 4
3 size 16
5-16
5 size 16
6-12
6 size 12
Configuration
Number and Size of Cavities
6-96
6 size 16
9-16
9 size 16
9-96*
9 size 16
*Also available in an “E” seal
PART NUMBERING SYSTEM
Part Number
HD 10 - 9 - 96 P * - ****
Series
Special Modifications
Style
Wire Seals
10
Square Flange Receptacle
14
In-line Receptacle
16
Plug
Configuration
Threaded Rear
4
4 Configuration
12
No Coupling Ring on
Plug, 6 Configuration
96
3, 6, or 9 Configurations
Non-Threaded Rear
16
3, 5, or 9 Configurations
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Blank Standard Seal
E
Extra Thin Wall Seal
Contacts
P
Pin
S
Socket
HD10 Series
ORDERING INFORMATION
Here are some of the common part numbers in the HD10 series. Several additional connectors may be available.
Position
Contact
Size
Rear
Threads
Plug
Receptacle
Inline
Receptacle
Flange
no
HD16-3-16S
HD14-3-16P
-
yes
HD16-3-96S
HD14-3-96P
HD10-3-96P
3
16
4
4/16
yes
HD16-4-4S
-
HD10-4-4P
5
16
no
HD16-5-16S
HD14-5-16P
HD10-5-16P
6
16
yes
HD16-6-96S
HD14-6-96P
HD10-6-96P
6
12
yes
HD16-6-12S-B010
HD14-6-12P
HD10-6-12P
9
16
no
HD16-9-16S
HD14-9-16P
HD10-9-16P
yes
HD16-9-96S
HD14-9-96P
HD10-9-96P
9 (1939)
16
yes
HD16-9-1939S
HD14-9-1939P
HD10-9-1939P
WIRE SEALING RANGE
The wire sealing range is the recommended outside diameter of the wire insulation required to maintain an
environmental seal in the rear connector cavities.
Standard Seal
Extra Thin Seal
E-Seal
16
14-20 AWG
(2.0-0.5mm2)
.100-.150
(2.54-3.81)
.053-.120
(1.35-3.05)
12
10-14 AWG
(5.0-2.0mm2)
.134-.170
(3.40-4.32)
-
.280-.292
(7.11-7.42)
-
Contact Size
4
6 AWG
(13.0mm2)
PAGE 137
HD10 Series
Special Modifications
HD10 series connectors offer several modifications to enhance the design flexibility and meet application
specific needs. Options include the addition of a coupling ring and connector body color, just to mention a few.
By combining the HD10 series connectors with the available modifications and accessories, the design
possibilities are increased.
B010 MODIFICATION
The B010 modification provides the addition of a coupling ring used for mating. The B010
modification is only available on the HD16-6-12S-B010 connector.
E004 MODIFICATION
The E004 modification changes the HD10 series connector from the standard gray to a
black connector body.
J1939 MODIFICATIONS (BP03, P080)
The P080 modification changes the HD10 series connector body color from the standard
gray to green and meets the J1939 Type II requirements. The BP03 modification is similar
to the P080 modification, but features a panel mount.
N005 MODIFICATION
The N005 modification is an HD10 series receptacle with molded-in, straight PCB pins.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
HD10 Series
Accessories
Several accessory items are available to complement HD10 series connectors including boots, backshells, gaskets,
and protective caps. Accessory items cover a wide array of design requirements such as assisting with mounting,
providing additional protection, and offering enhanced aesthetics.
ut
LAD
D
l u si v e t
ion
xc
o
E
BACKSHELLS
DEUTSCH HD10 series backshells are designed to screw onto all threaded HD10 connectors.
Rated for temperatures from -40°C to +134°C, the rigid, durable backshells offer a high level
of protection, provide strain relief, and improve aesthetics.
D i s t ri b
Connector Part Number
Cable
Diameter
Backshell
Part Number
Compression Nut
Part Number
HD1*-3-96*
.187-.300
M902-2131
M902-2041
.300-.430
M902-2132
M902-2042
.187-.300
M902-2161
M902-2041
.300-.430
M902-2162
M902-2042
.430-.570
M902-2163
M902-2053
.570-.710
M902-2164
M902-2054
.187-.300
M902-2191
M902-2041
.300-.430
M902-2192
M902-2042
.430-.570
M902-2193
M902-2053
.570-.710
M902-2194
M902-2054
HD1*-6-96*/HD1*-6-12*
HD1*-9-96*/HD1*-9-1939**
Backshell Technical Specifications:
Material - PC/PET Polyester Blend, UV-Stabilized, Flame Retardant, Black
Flammability - UL94-VO rated material, Weatherability - UL746C
PAGE 139
HD10 Series
STRAIN RELIEF
DEUTSCH HD10 series strain reliefs are designed to screw onto threaded 3, 4, 6, and 9 cavity HD10 connectors.
The rigid, durable strain reliefs offer a high level of protection, provide tie wrap holders to reduce strain from
the wires, and improve aesthetics.
Part Number
Description
HD18-003
3 cavity strain relief
HD18-006
6 cavity strain relief
HD18-009
4 or 9 cavity strain relief
helpful hint
Attaching the connector to a
structure eliminates straining
the electrical system in service.
ut
LAD
D
l u si v e t
ion
xc
o
E
BOOTS
D i s t ri b
Boots provide a professional looking finishing touch for DEUTSCH HD10 series connectors. Made
of durable plastisol, these slip-on boots are not only aesthetically appealing, but also provide
increased protection from dirt, paint overspray, and pressure washing. The plastisol boots are
rated from -20°F to +212°F (-28°C to + 100°C) and offer a slip-on design making installation
quick and easy.
Part Number
Description
HD10-3BT
3 cavity boot, gray
HD10-5BT
5 cavity boot, gray
HD10-5BT-BK
5 cavity boot, black
HD10-6BT
6 cavity boot, gray
HD10-6BT-BK
6 cavity boot, black
HD10-9BT
9 cavity boot, gray
HD10-9BT-BK
9 cavity boot, black
*Distorting the boots can lessen their longevity
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
HD10 Series
ut
LAD
D
l u si v e t
ion
xc
o
E
GASKETS
D i s t ri b
Moisture, dirt, salt, sand, and road debris can all work their way into electrical panels through
unsealed mounting flanges. Rated to operate in environments from -70°F to +225°F (-56°C to
+107°C), these rugged high quality neoprene gaskets form a tight seal between the panel face
and connector flange to help keep out destructive elements. The gaskets have a thickness of .125”
and the material meets the UL-94-HBF, Mil-R-6130C, and FMVSS-302 flammability specifications.
Gasket
Part Number
Connector
Part Number
HD10-3-GKT
HD10-3-****
HD10-5-GKT
HD10-5-****
HD10-6-GKT
HD10-6-****
HD10-9-GKT
HD10-9-****
PROTECTIVE DUST CAPS
HD10 series protective dust caps provide an environmental seal and are used to protect the connector
interface when the connector is not mated.
Part Number
Description
HDC14-3
3 cavity plug protective cap
HDC14-6
6 cavity plug protective cap
HDC14-9
9 cavity plug protective cap
HDC16-3
3 cavity receptacle protective cap
HDC16-5
5 cavity receptacle protective cap
HDC16-6
6 cavity receptacle protective cap
HDC16-6-E004
6 cavity receptacle protective cap, black
HDC16-9
9 cavity receptacle protective cap
HDC16-9-E004
9 cavity receptacle protective cap, black
PAGE 141
HD10 Series
Lanyards are available in nitrile or nylon coated steel and designed for use with protective dust
caps.
ut
LAD
D
l u si v e t
ion
xc
o
E
LANYARDS
D i s t ri b
HDC9-JDL082397
(DEUTSCH HDC16-9-E004 dust
cap assembled with JDL082397)
HDC16-9-L47N
(DEUTSCH HDC16-9 dust cap
assembled with L47N-600-1)
Material
Material
Diameter
Length
Min. Breaking
Strength
JDL082397
Nitrile o-ring, 3M heat shrink
with thermoplastic adhesive
.07 inches
5.31 inches
---
L47N-600-1
7 x 7 galvanized steel cable
coated with clear nylon
.047 inches
6 inches
270 lbs.
Used On
Connector
Cavities
Lanyard
Material
Dust Cap Color
HDC14-3-JDL
Plug
3
Nitrile
Gray
HDC14-6-JDL
Plug
6
Nitrile
Gray
HDC14-6-LA
Plug
6
Steel
Gray
HDC14-9-JDL
Plug
9
Nitrile
Gray
HDC16-3-JDL
Receptacle
3
Nitrile
Gray
HDC16-3-LA
Receptacle
3
Steel
Gray
HDC16-5-LA
Receptacle
5
Steel
Gray
HDC16-6-JDL
Receptacle
6
Nitrile
Gray
HDC16-6-LA
Receptacle
6
Steel
Gray
HDC16-9-JDL
Receptacle
9
Nitrile
Gray
HDC9-JDL082397
Receptacle
9
Nitrile
Black
HDC16-9-L47N
Receptacle
9
Steel
Gray
HDC16-9-E004-L47N
Receptacle
9
Steel
Black
Lanyard
Dimensions are for reference only.
Dust Cap/Lanyard Assembly
Part Number*
*Other dust cap/lanyard assemblies may be available
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
HD10 Series
How To Instructions
CONTACT INSERTION
Step 1:
Grasp crimped contact
approximately one inch
behind the contact barrel.
Step 2:
Hold connector with rear
grommet facing you.
Step 3:
Push contact straight into
connector grommet until
a click is felt. A slight tug
will confirm that it is properly locked in place.
Step 2:
Slide tool along the wire
into the insert cavity
until it engages contact
and resistance is felt.
Step 3:
Pull contact wire assembly
out of connector.
CONTACT REMOVAL
Step 1:
With rear insert toward
you, snap appropriate size
removal tool over the wire
of contact to be removed.
PAGE 143
HD10 Series
NOTES:
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Contents
HD30 & HDP20 Series Overview.......................145
Performance Specifications.................................146
Material Specifications........................................... 147
Dimensions................................................................. 147
Configurations.................................................. 148-149
Ordering Information.......................................150-151
Special Modifications......................................153-154
Accessories.........................................................154-158
Mounting.............................................................158-159
How To Instructions....................................... 159-160
HD30 & HDP20 Series
HD30 & HDP20 Series Overview
Designed specifically for the truck, bus, and off-highway industry, the HD30 & HDP20 series connectors are
heavy duty, environmentally sealed, multi-pin circular connectors. Available in metal or thermoplastic housings,
these connectors offer multiple pin configurations that accept contact sizes 4 through 20.
HD30 SERIES OVERVIEW
The DEUTSCH HD30 series connectors are constructed from a metal
shell developed to meet the needs of the heavy duty equipment and
transportation industries. The HD30 features include quick connectdisconnect bayonet coupling, single hole bulkhead mounting, silicone
seals, and a rear insertion/rear removal contact system.
HDP20 SERIES OVERVIEW
The HDP20 series connectors are heavy duty rated, environmentally
sealed, composite shell, multi-pin connectors. The composite thermoplastic shell is suited for applications where chemicals can damage a
connector housing. HDP20 features quick connect-disconnect bayonet
coupling, single hole bulkhead mounting, silicone seals, and a rear
insertion/rear removal contact system.
DEUTSCH CONNECTOR PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature:
Operating at temperatures -55°C to +125°C
Durability:
No electrical or mechanical defects after 100 cycles
of engagement and disengagement.
Vibration:
No unlocking or unmating and exhibits no mechanical or
physical damage after sinusoidal vibration levels of 20 G’s at 10
to 2000 Hz in each of the three mutually perpendicular planes.
No electrical discontinuities longer than 1 microsecond.
Fluid Resistance:
Connectors show no damage when exposed to
most fluids used in industrial applications.
Insulation Resistance:
1000 megohms minimum at 25°C.
Immersion:
IP68 rating
Moisture Resistance:
Properly wired and mated connections will withstand immersion under
three feet of water without loss of electronic qualities or leakage.
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: Current leakage less than 2 milliamps at 1500 volts AC.
Thermal Cycle:
No cracking, chipping or leaking after 20 test cycles from -55°C to +125°C.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
HD30 & HDP20 Series
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
HD30 Series
Grommet:
HDP20 Series
Grommet:
Silicone rubber
Silicone rubber
Insert Retainer: Unfilled PEI
Insert Retainer: Unfilled PEI
Plug Coupling Aluminum
Ring:
Plug Coupling Glass filled PA
Ring:
Shell:
Shell:
Aluminum
Glass filled PA
DIMENSIONS
ØB
A
HD/HDP Plug
ØD
C
HD/HDP Receptacle
Overall Length
A
Overall Height
ØB
Overall Length
C
Overall Height
ØD
18
1.521 (38.63)
1.700 (43.17)
1.648 (41.86)
1.750 (44.45)
24
1.521 (38.63)
1.950 (49.53)
1.648 (41.86)
2.000 (50.80)
Shell Size
Dimensions are for reference only.
PAGE 147
HD30 & HDP20 Series
CONFIGURATIONS
Wire Seal Options
Insert Arrangement
N
Normal wire seals
(green ring)
T
Thin wall wire seals
(gray ring)
E
Extra thin wall wire
seals (blue ring)
XX-XX
X size XX
X, X, X
Shell Size - Configuration
Number and Size of Cavities
18 SHELL SIZE CONFIGURATIONS
18-6
2 size 4 & 4 size 16
N, E
18-8
8 size 12
N, E
18-14
14 size 16
N, T, E
18-20
2 size 16 & 18 size 20
N, E
18-21
21 size 20
N
24 SHELL SIZE CONFIGURATIONS
1
24-7(-C038 only)
3 size 4† & 4 size 16
N
24-9
1 size 4, 2 size 8
& 6 size 12
N, E
24-14
1 size 4, 1 size 12
& 12 size 16
N, E
24-16
16 size 12
N, E
24-18
1 size 8, 3 size 12
& 14 size 16
N, E
24-19
6 size 12
& 13 size 16
N, E
24-21
4 size 12
& 17 size 16
N, E
24-23
23 size 16
N, T, E
24-29
4 size 12, 19 size 16
& 6 size 20
E*
24-31
31 size 16
T*, E*
†Requires size 4 contact part numbers, 5960-203-04**(pin) and 5962-203-04**(socket) *Modified seal, see drawing.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
HD30 & HDP20 Series
24-33
33 size 20
N
24-35
24-47
3 size 16 & 32 size 20 5 size 16 & 42 size 20
N, E
E*
24-91-P064‡
2 size 8, 2 size
12 & 5 size 16
N, E
*Modified seal, see drawing
‡Without P064 modification, plug cavities 4 and 5 are internally connected
HD30 SERIES PART NUMBERING SYSTEM
Part Number
HD* 36 - 24 - 21 S * - ***
Series
Special Modifications
Options
B
Breakaway plug
N
Non-environmental
Style
4
Receptacle
6
Plug
Shell Size
18
24
Configuration
059
Cable Clamp/Adapter
072
Threaded Adapter
Wire Seals
N
Normal Position Wire
Seals (green ring)
T
Thin Wall Wire Seals
(gray ring)
E
Extra Thin Wall Wire
Seals (blue ring)
Contacts
P
Pin
S
Socket
Note
Reverse arrangements are available
as a keying option for the HD30
& HDP20 series connectors.
PAGE 149
HD30 & HDP20 Series
HDP20 SERIES PART NUMBERING SYSTEM
Part Number
HDP 26 - 24 - 21 S * - ****
Special Modifications
Series
L015 Threaded Adapter
Style
4
Receptacle
6
Plug
L017 Ring Adapter
L024 Wide Threaded Adapter
Wire Seals
Shell Size
18
24
Configuration
Contacts
P
Pin
S
Socket
N
Normal Position Wire
Seals (green ring)
T
Thin Wall Wire Seals
(gray ring)
E
Extra Thin Wall Wire
Seals (blue ring)
helpful hint
Making the socket contact side
the “hot side” can reduce the
danger of electric shock.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Here are some of the common part numbers in the HD30 &HDP20 series. Several additional connectors may
be available.
Shell SzPosition
18-6
18-8
18-14
18-20
Series
Plug
Standard Dia. Seal
Receptacle
Standard Dia. Seal
Plug
Reduced Dia. Seal
Receptacle
Reduced Dia. Seal
HDP20
HDP26-18-6SN
HDP24-18-6PN
HDP26-18-6SE
HDP24-18-6PE
HD30
HD36-18-6SN
HD34-18-6PN
HD36-18-6SE
HD34-18-6PE
HDP20
HDP26-18-8SN
HDP24-18-8PN
HDP26-18-8SE
HDP24-18-8PE
HD30
HD36-18-8SN
HD34-18-8PN
HD36-18-8SE
HD34-18-8PE
HDP20
HDP26-18-14SN
HDP24-18-14PN
HDP26-18-14SE
HDP24-18-14PE
HD30
HD36-18-14SN
HD34-18-14PN
HD36-18-14SE
HD34-18-14PE
HDP20
HDP26-18-20SN
HDP24-18-20PN
HDP26-18-20SE
HDP24-18-20PE
HD30
HD36-18-20SN
HD34-18-20PN
HD36-18-20SE
HD34-18-20PE
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
HD30 & HDP20 Series
ORDERING INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
Shell SzPosition
18-21
24-7
24-91P064
24-9
24-14
24-16
24-18
24-19
24-21
24-23
24-29
24-31
24-33
24-35
24-47
Series
Plug
Standard Dia. Seal
Receptacle
Standard Dia. Seal
Plug
Reduced Dia. Seal
Receptacle
Reduced Dia. Seal
HDP20
HDP26-18-21SN
HDP24-18-21PN
HDP26-18-21SE
HDP24-18-21PE
HD30
HD36-18-21SN
HD34-18-21PN
HD36-18-21SE
HD34-18-21PE
HDP20
HDP26-24-7SN
HDP24-24-7PN
HDP26-24-7SE
HDP24-24-7PE
HD30
HD36-24-7SN
HD34-24-7PN
HD36-24-7SE
HD34-24-7PE
HDP20
HDP26-2491SN-P064
HDP24-2491PN-P064
-
-
HDP20
HDP26-24-9SN
HDP24-24-9PN
HDP26-24-9SE
HDP24-24-9PE
HD30
HD36-24-9SN
HD34-24-9PN
HD36-24-9SE
HD34-24-9PE
HDP20
HDP26-24-14SN
HDP24-24-14PN
HDP26-24-14SE
HDP24-24-14PE
HD30
HD36-24-14SN
HD34-24-14PN
HD36-24-14SE
HD34-24-14PE
HDP20
HDP26-24-16SN
HDP24-24-16PN
HDP26-24-16SE
HDP24-24-16PE
HD30
HD36-24-16SN
HD34-24-16PN
HD36-24-16SE
HD34-24-16PE
HDP20
HDP26-24-18SN
HDP24-24-18PN
HDP26-24-18SE
HDP24-24-18PE
HD30
HD36-24-18SN
HD34-24-18PN
HD36-24-18SE
HD34-24-18PE
HDP20
HDP26-24-19SN
HDP24-24-19PN
HDP26-24-19SE
HDP24-24-19PE
HD30
HD36-24-19SN
HD34-24-19PN
HD36-24-19SE
HD34-24-19PE
HDP20
HDP26-24-21SN
HDP24-24-21PN
HDP26-24-21SE
HDP24-24-21PE
HD30
HD36-24-21SN
HD34-24-21PN
HD36-24-21SE
HD34-24-21PE
HDP20
HDP26-24-23SN
HDP24-24-23PN
HDP26-24-23SE
HDP24-24-23PE
HD30
HD36-24-23SN
HD34-24-23PN
HD36-24-23SE
HD34-24-23PE
HDP20
HDP26-24-29SN
HDP24-24-29PN
HDP26-24-29SE
HDP24-24-29PE
HD30
HD36-24-29SN
HD34-24-29PN
HD36-24-29SE
HD34-24-29PE
HDP20
HDP26-24-31SN
HDP24-24-31PN
HDP26-24-31SE
HDP24-24-31PE
HD30
HD36-24-31SN
HD34-24-31PN
HD36-24-31SE
HD34-24-31PE
HDP20
HDP26-24-33SN
HDP24-24-33PN
HDP26-24-33SE
HDP24-24-33PE
HD30
HD36-24-33SN
HD34-24-33PN
HD36-24-33SE
HD34-24-33PE
HDP20
HDP26-24-35SN
HDP24-24-35PN
HDP26-24-35SE
HDP24-24-35PE
HD30
HD36-24-35SN
HD34-24-35PN
HD36-24-35SE
HD34-24-35PE
HDP20
HDP26-24-47SN
HDP24-24-47PN
HDP26-24-47SE
HDP24-24-47PE
HD30
HD36-24-47SN
HD34-24-47PN
HD36-24-47SE
HD34-24-47PE
Note
Undersize wire insulation is a
major cause for leakage.
PAGE 151
HD30 & HDP20 Series
WIRE SEALING RANGE
The wire sealing range is the recommended outside diameter of the wire insulation required to maintain an
environmental seal in the rear connector cavities.
N-Seal
Green Ring
T-Seal
Gray Ring
T-Seal
Modified*
E-Seal
Blue Ring
E-Seal
Modified*
20
14-22 AWG
(2.5-0.35mm2)
.040-.095
(1.02-2.41)
.040-.095
(1.02-2.41)
-
.040-.095
(1.02-2.41)
.040-.083
(1.01-2.10)
16
14-20 AWG
(2.0-0.5mm2)
.100-.134
(2.54-3.40)
.088-.134
(2.23-3.40)
.088-.106
(2.24-2.69)
.053-.120
(1.35-3.05)
.053-.103
(1.35-2.62)
12
10-14 AWG
(6.0-2.0mm2)
.134-.170
(3.40-4.32)
.113-.170
(2.87-4.32)
-
.097-.158
(2.46-4.01)
.097-.158
(2.46-4.01)
8
8-10 AWG
(10.0-5.0mm2)
.190-.240
(4.83-6.10)
.170-.240
(4.32-6.10)
-
.135-.220
(3.43-5.59)
-
4
6 AWG
(16.0-13.0mm2)
.280-.292
(7.11-7.42)
.261-.292
(6.63-7.42)
-
.261-.292
(6.63-7.42)
-
4
4 AWG
(25.0-21.0mm2)
.311-.420
(7.90-10.67)
-
-
-
-
Contact Size
*DEUTSCH cavity arrangements 24-29, 24-47, and 24-31 are only available with the modified seals. Arrangement 24-31 Modified E
Seal = .053-.106. Please see drawings 0425-016-0000 and 0425-021-0000 for full specifications.
Color code is visible from the
rear of the receptacle or plug.
Green: Normal Seal
Gray: Thin Wall Seal
Blue: Extra Thin Wall Seal
Color Coded
Ring
helpful hint
Proper wire outside diameters
help provide water tight seals.
Ø
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
HD30 & HDP20 Series
Special Modifications
The HD30 & HDP20 series connectors offer several modifications to enhance design flexibility and meet application
specific needs. Options include breakaway plugs, adapters, and high amperage options just to mention a few.
By combining the HD30 & HDP20 series connectors with the available modifications and accessories, the design
possibilities are greatly expanded.
HDB - BREAKAWAY PLUG (HD30 SERIES ONLY)
The HDB breakaway plug is designed to provide an emergency disconnect between farm
tractors and implements that require power connections. The HDB breakaway plug is
designed to break the connection before damaging the wiring system. These plugs can be
specified with pin or socket contacts and connect only with the HD30 series receptacles.
As an added design convenience, the HDB breakaway plug is also available with an optional
cable clamp (059 mod). Breakaway function occurs at an axial load of 50-100 lbs.
L015/L017/L024 MODIFICATIONS
L015
Threaded
Adapter
L017
Ring Adapter
The L015/L024 threaded adapters and L017 ring adapter modifications
are available for the DEUTSCH HDP20 series connectors. These
adapter modifications provide simple, low cost assembly solutions
for applications that require a backshell or conduit. The adapters
are designed to be used with the backshell of your choice.
• The L015 threaded adapter is available on size 24 shells in the
HDP20 series.
• The L017 ring adapter is available on size 24 or size 18 shells in the
HDP20 series.
• The L024 wide threaded adapter is available on size 24 or size 18 shells
L024
Wide Threaded
Adapter
in the HDP20 series.
C030 MODIFICATION
Originally designed for multiplexing and battery cable applications, the DEUTSCH
C030 modification is an environmentally sealed, heavy duty two cavity connector
that accepts size 4 solid contacts rated up to 100 amps for each cavity.
The C030 modification is available in size 18 shell in both metal (HD30 series) and thermoplastic
(HDP20 series) to meet your heavy wire gauge application needs.
PAGE 153
HD30 & HDP20 Series
C041/CL20 MODIFICATIONS
The C041 and CL20 modifications are available for the DEUTSCH HDP20
series 14 pin connector. The C041 modification features a data link key
and reduced diameter seals on the receptacle. The CL20 modification
includes a ring adapter, reduced diameter seals, and a data link key on
the plug.
CABLE CLAMP/BACKSHELL MODIFICATIONS
DEUTSCH cable clamps provide positive support to the wire bundle while reducing
strain on the connector. The backshell is available with or without drain holes.
Part Number
Suffix
Description
-072
Adapter only
-059
Adapter and cable clamp assembly with drain holes
-L006
Adapter and cable clamp assembly without drain holes
Accessories
Several accessory items can be used to complement the connectors. The HD30 & HDP20 family accessories
include items such as boots, backshells, gaskets, and protective caps. Accessories are designed to complete the
application and meet a wide array of design requirements such as solutions for mounting, providing additional
protection, and offering increased aesthetics.
ut
LAD
D
l u si v e t
ion
xc
o
E
BOOTS
D i s t ri b
Boots provide a professional looking finishing touch for the DEUTSCH HD30 & HDP20 family of
connectors. Made of durable plastisol, these slip-on boots are not only aesthetically appealing,
but also provide increased protection from dirt, paint overspray, and pressure washing. The
plastisol boots are rated from -20°F to +212°F (-28°C to +100°C) and offer a slip-on design making
installation quick and easy.
Part Number
Description
HD30-18BT
18 shell size boot, gray
HD30-18BT-BK
18 shell size boot, black
HD30-18BT-90-BK
18 shell size boot, 90° bend, black
LC-90BT-HT
18 shell size boot, 90° bend, high temperature material,
yellow
HD30-24BT
24 shell size boot, gray
HD30-24BT-BK
24 shell size boot, black
HD30-24BT-90-BK
24 shell size boot, 90° bend, black
MT-90BT-HT-24
24 shell size boot, 90° bend, high temperature material,
yellow
*Distorting the boots can lessen their longevity
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
HD30 & HDP20 Series
PROTECTIVE DUST CAPS
Protective caps are available for both plug and receptacle halves of the connectors. The metal caps, for use
with the HD30 series, come with a mounting chain and are used to protect the connector while not mated. The
thermoplastic caps, for use with the HDP20 series, are available with or without a lanyard.
HDP20 Series Dust Caps
Shell Size
Part Number
Description
18
HDC26-18
24
HDC26-24
Plug cap for receptacle protection,
environmentally sealed
HD30 Series Dust Caps
Shell Size
Part Number
18
HDC36-18
24
HDC36-24
18
HDC34-18
24
HDC34-24
Description
Plug cap for receptacle protection
Receptacle cap for plug protection
*To order HD30(HD3*-**) protective caps without the mounting chain, add -1E to the
end of the part number
STRAIN RELIEF
The DEUTSCH HD30 & HDP20 series connectors offer several backshell options to meet your design needs.
Backshell options include straight or 90° and plastic or metal. The metal backshells work best with the HD30
series. It is attached to the rear of the connector using an adjustable screw and is secured to the wire bundle
with the use of a tie wrap. The plastic backshells work best with the HDP20 series and attach to the rear of the
connector with either a clamshell snap closure or by screwing them on to a threaded adapter. The rigid, durable
backshells offer a high level of protection, provide strain relief, and improve aesthetics.
Shell Size
18
24
18
24
Orientation
Straight
90°
HD30 Series Backshell Part Number
WHDS-18-1
WHDS-24-1
WHDS-18-2
WHDS-24-2
PAGE 155
HD30 & HDP20 Series
Shell Size
Orientation
HDP20 Series
L017 Backshell
Part Number
Straight
2428-016-1805
13, 17, 19 (mm)
NW
90°
2428-015-1805
13, 17, 19 (mm)
NW
Straight
2428-008-2405
1”
90°
2428-004-2405
1”
Straight
2428-010-2405
17, 19, 23, 26
(mm) NW
90°
2428-011-2405
17, 19, 23, 26
(mm) NW
18
24
24
Conduit Size
NW = Nominal Width of the conduit’s inside diameter. See drawings for full specifications.
Shell Size
24
Seal
Ring
HDP20 Series L015 Conduit
Adapter Part Number
Seal Ring
SRN21
Cap Nut
CN21
Conduit Size
22 (mm) NW
Cap
Nut
ut
LAD
D
l u si v e t
ion
xc
o
E
BACKSHELLS FOR L015 MODIFICATION
D i s t ri b
The DEUTSCH HDP20 series backshells are designed to screw onto connectors with the L015
modification, which adds a threaded adapter. Rated for temperatures from -40°C to +134°C, the
rigid, durable backshells offer a high level of protection, provide strain relief, and improve
aesthetics.
HDP20 Series L015
Shell Size
Backshell
Compression
Nut
24
Cable Diameter
Backshell
Part Number
Compression Nut
Part Number
.430-.570
M902-2243
M902-2053
.570-.710
M902-2244
M902-2054
Backshell Technical Specifications:
Material - PC/PET Polyester Blend, UV-Stabilized, Flame Retardant, Black
Flammability - material meets UL94-VO, Weatherability - UL746C
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
HD30 & HDP20 Series
BACKSHELLS FOR L024 MODIFICATION
The DEUTSCH HDP20 series backshells are designed to screw onto connectors with the L024 modification,
which adds a wide threaded adapter. The rigid, durable backshells offer a high level of protection, provide
strain relief, and improve aesthetics.
Shell Size
18
24
Orientation
HDP20 Series L024 Backshell
Part Number
2428-025-1805
Straight
2428-024-2405
ut
LAD
D
Moisture, dirt, salt, sand, and road debris can all work their way into electrical panels through
unsealed mounting flanges. Rated to operate in environments from -70°F to +225°F (-56°C to
+107°C), these rugged high quality neoprene gaskets form a tight seal between the panel face
and connector flange to help keep out destructive elements. The gaskets have a thickness of .125”
and the material meets the UL-94-HBF, Mil-R-6130C, and FMVSS-302 flammability specifications.
l u si v e t
ion
xc
o
E
GASKETS
D i s t ri b
Receptacle
Shell Size
Gasket
Part Number
18
16-04978
24
16-04477
MOUNTING HARDWARE
DEUTSCH lockwashers and panel nuts are available to aid in mounting the HD30 and HDP20 series connectors.
The lockwashers are used to add tension between the threads and the nut to provide a secure mount. The
lockwasher and the panel nut should be used together.
ØA
Shell Size
18
B
24
Series
Panel Lockwasher
Part Number
ØA
B
HDP20
2414-002-1886
1.892 (48.06)
-
HD30
114021
1.699 (43.15)
.062 (1.57)
HDP20
2414-001-2486
2.080 (52.83)
-
HD30
112264
1.887 (47.93
.062 (1.57)
Dimensions are for reference only
PAGE 157
HD30 & HDP20 Series
A
Panel Nut Mounting Torque
B
Shell Size
18
24
HD30 series
18 shell size
260-280 IN. LB.
(29.4-31.6 N.M.)
HDP20 series
18 shell size
45-55 IN. LB.
(5.1-6.1 N.M.)
HD30 series
24 shell size
350-375 IN. LB.
(39.5-42.6 N.M.)
HDP20 series
24 shell size
65-75 IN. LB.
(7.4-8.4 N.M.)
Series
Panel Nut
Part Number
Material
HDP20
2411-002-1805
Plastic
HD30
114020-90
Metal
HDP20
2411-001-2405
Plastic
HD30
112263-90
Metal
A
B
1.685 (42.80)
1.875 (47.63)
.250 (6.35)
.178 (4.52)
.250 (6.35)
.178 (4.52)
Dimensions are for reference only
Mounting
RECEPTACLE MOUNTING
Flat
AØ ± .005 (0.13)
B
+.010 (0.25)
-.000 (0.00)
Panel Nut
Lockwasher
.1875 (4.76)
.0625 (1.59)
Connector Receptacle
Recommended Size of Mounting Hole
Shell Size
ØA
B
18
1.507 (38.28)
1.442 (36.63)
24
1.696 (43.08)
1.632 (41.45)
Dimensions are for reference only
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
helpful hint
Mounting connectors
horizontally allows
proper water drainage.
HD30 & HDP20 Series
The D hole punch is a hand tool used to cut a D shaped hole. The D shaped hole allows the
connector to be securely mounted and helps prevent the connector from spinning.
ut
LAD
D
l u si v e t
ion
xc
o
E
D HOLE PUNCH
D i s t ri b
• Punchable Material: Up to .078” mild steel
or aluminum. Up to .1875” plastic, wood,
paneling, or other soft material.
• Tool Material: A2 material heat treated
to a Rockwell hardness of 60 to 62.
• Tool Size: (rough dimensions)
5.5”L x 2”H x 2”D
• Sharpening: The tool can be sharpened as needed.
• Usability: A .625” minimum pilot hole is required to
accommodate the draw stud. Air tools can be used.
Counter
nut
Die
Die
Draw Stud
*
Counter
nut
Shell Size
D Hole Punch
Part Number
18
18-D-PUNCH
24
24-D-PUNCH
Exploded view
*The rods included with the “D” hole
punch are used to remove the cutout and
are not used in the cutting process.
How To Instructions
MATING INSTRUCTIONS
To mate the plug and the receptacle, line up the index groove on the plug with the flat surface on the
receptacle, turn 1/4 turn clockwise. You will feel and hear the pieces snap into the locked position. To unmate
the plug and receptacle, release the coupling ring by turning it counter-clockwise.
Visually Inspectable
Bayonet for Proper Mating
Polarizing Indicator
HDP20 series & HD30
series
Mate
Mating Slot
Positions
Unmate
Note
Connector
Receptacle
When mating or unmating
connectors, disassemble by hand.
Do not use pliers or any other tool.
PAGE 159
HD30 & HDP20 Series
CONTACT INSERTION
Step 1:
Grasp contact approximately one inch behind
the contact crimp barrel.
Step 2:
Hold connector with the
rear grommet facing you.
Step 3:
Push contact straight
into connector grommet until a positive stop
is felt. A slight tug will
confirm that it is properly locked in place.
Step 2:
Step 3:
Slide tool along the wire
into the insert cavity
until it engages contact
and resistance is felt.
Pull contact wire
assembly out of
connector.
CONTACT REMOVAL
Step 1:
With rear insert toward
you, snap appropriate size
removal tool over the wire
of contact to be removed.
Note
Do not twist or insert
tool at an angle.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Contents
STRIKE Series Overview..................................... 162
Performance Specifications................................ 162
Material Specifications.......................................... 162
Dimensions................................................................ 163
Configurations.......................................................... 163
Ordering Information............................................. 164
Accessories................................................................ 165
How To Instructions...................................... 166-167
STRIKE Series
STRIKE Series Overview
The STRIKE connector series features a lever lock system and is
designed for heavy duty equipment applications. The environmentally
sealed series offers two different size rugged housings that accept
contacts from size 20 to 16 with arrangements of 32 and 64 cavities.
DEUTSCH CONNECTOR PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature:
Operating at temperatures -55°C to +125°C
Durability:
No electrical or mechanical defects after 100 cycles
of engagement and disengagement.
Vibration:
No unlocking or unmating and exhibits no mechanical or
physical damage after sinusoidal vibration levels of 20 G’s at 10
to 2000 Hz in each of the three mutually perpendicular planes.
No electrical discontinuities longer than 1 microsecond.
Fluid Resistance:
Connectors show no damage when exposed to
most fluids used in industrial applications.
Insulation Resistance:
1000 megohms minimum at 25°C.
Immersion:
IP68 rating
Moisture Resistance:
Properly wired and mated connections will withstand immersion under
three feet of water without loss of electronic qualities or leakage.
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: Current leakage less than 2 milliamps at 1500 volts AC.
Thermal Cycle:
No cracking, chipping or leaking after 20 test cycles from -55°C to +125°C.
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
Flange Seal:
Silicone rubber
Plug Grommet: Silicone rubber
Receptacle
Threaded
Inserts:
Brass
Shell:
Glass filled PBT
TPA:
Glass filled PBT
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
STRIKE Series
DIMENSIONS
E
B
C
A
F
STRIKE Plug
D
STRIKE Receptacle
Overall Length
A
Overall Height
B
Overall Width
C
Overall Length
D
Overall Height
E
Overall Width
F
MD
3.189 (81.00)
1.909 (84.50)
1.531 (38.90)
3.228 (82.00)
2.205 (56.00)
1.575 (40.00)
FL
3.358 (85.28)
1.913 (48.60)
2.780 (70.60)
3.228 (82.00)
2.205 (56.00)
2.953 (75.00)
Cavity
Dimensions are for reference only.
CONFIGURATIONS
Connector Styles
Insert Arrangement
I
In-line
F
Flange Mount Receptacle
P
PCB Receptacle
MD*-32A
4 Size 16
28 Size 20
I, F, P
XX*-XX
X size XX
X, X, X
Shell Size/Key - Configuration
Number and Size of Cavities
FL*-64A
8 Size 16
56 Size 20
I, F
PAGE 163
STRIKE Series
PART NUMBERING SYSTEM
Part Number
SRK 06 - FLA - 32A - 001
Series
Cable Attachment
Style
001
02
Receptacle
06
Plug
13
PCB Receptacle, 90° Pins
15
PCB Receptacle,
Straight Pins
Standard Attachment
Configuration
Key
A-J
(MD and FL size)
Shell Size
MD
Medium
FL
Full
ORDERING INFORMATION
Here are some of the common part numbers of the STRIKE connectors. Several additional connectors may be
available.
Position
32
64
Keying
Plug
Receptacle
A
SRK06-MDA-32A-001
SRK02-MDA-32A-001
B
SRK06-MDB-32A-001
SRK02-MDB-32A-001
C
SRK06-MDC-32A-001
SRK02-MDC-32A-001
A
SRK06-MDA-64A-001
SRK02-MDA-64A-001
B
SRK06-MDB-64A-001
SRK02-MDB-64A-001
C
SRK06-MDC-64A-001
SRK02-MDC-64A-001
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
STRIKE Series
WIRE SEALING RANGE
The wire sealing range is the recommended outside diameter of the wire insulation required to maintain an
environmental seal in the rear connector cavities.
Contact Size
Standard Seal
20
16-22 AWG (1.0-0.35mm2)
.061-.095
(1.55-2.41)
16
14-20 AWG (2.0-0.5mm2)
.061-.120
(1.55-3.05)
Accessories
Backshells can be used to complement STRIKE connectors. The backshells are designed to snap onto the
connectors and accept convoluted tubing. The backshells assist with wire routing to ease engagement
and disengagement of the lever lock.
Part Number
Size
Orientation
Convoluted
Tubing
SRK-BS-MD-90-001
SRK-BS-MD-90-002
Medium
SRK-BS-FL-90-001
SRK-BS-FL-90-002
Full
NW22 & 26(-001)
NW26(-002)
SRK-BS-MD-ST-001
SRK-BS-MD-ST-002
Medium
NW17(-001)
NW22(-002)
SRK-BS-FL-ST-001
SRK-BS-FL-ST-002
Full
90°
Straight
NW17 & 22(-001)
NW22(-002)
NW22(-001)
NW26(-002)
Description
90° plastic
backshell for
medium or full
size plugs and
receptacles
Straight plastic
backshell for
medium or full
size plugs and
receptacles
PAGE 165
STRIKE Series
How To Instructions
CONTACT INSERTION
Step 1:
Confirm TPA locking is
open.
Step 2:
Hold connector with rear
seal retainer facing you.
Step 4:
Push to close the TPA.
TPA will not close unless
all contacts are fully
seated in connector.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Step 3:
Push contact straight
into the grommet until
a positive stop is felt. A
slight tug will confirm
that it is properly
locked in place.
STRIKE Series
CONTACT REMOVAL
Step 1:
Use DT-RT1 to gently
pry the locking clip
and release the TPA.
Step 2:
Repeat step 1 on the
other side of the TPA.
Step 3:
Remove the TPA.
Step 4:
Unlock the contacts and
pull on the wire.
PAGE 167
STRIKE Series
NOTES:
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Contents
Common Contacts Overview..............................170
Performance Specifications.................................. 171
Wire Sealing Ranges................................................101
Solid Contact Part Numbers................................ 172
Stamped & Formed Contacts
Part Numbers............................................................ 173
PCB Pins...................................................................... 174
Crimping...................................................................... 175
Crimp Inspection...................................................... 176
Accessories......................................................... 177-178
How To Instructions........................................179-180
DEUTSCH Common Contacts
DEUTSCH Common Contacts Overview
Several contacts are used interchangeably across most DEUTSCH connector product lines. This commonality
improves performance, reliability, and maintainability by reducing changes in the assembly of the wire
harness. The use of the same contact system helps eliminate many of the failures reported in harnesses
where hundreds of different terminations are used.
CONTACT STYLES
Two styles of contacts are available: solid and stamped & formed. Both contact types use a crimp style
termination, eliminating the need for solder. The variations in the contact system are those dictated by wire
gauge and contact style.
Solid
The solid contacts are designed for use with larger wire size and heavy duty applications.
Solid contacts are manufactured using a cold heading process with solid copper
alloy wire and are available with either a nickel or gold plating finish.
Solid contacts terminate wire from 4 AWG to 20 AWG (25 - 0.5mm2) and are available in 5 sizes each
of the pin and socket. The applicable contact is determined by the size of the conductor only.
Stamped & Formed
Stamped & formed contacts are designed for use where wire termination
costs are of primary concern without sacrificing reliability of electrical
circuits. The stamped & formed contacts are made on a precision stamping
machine using flat strip stock, then a durable and corrosion proof nickel, tin,
or optional gold plating is applied.
The stamped & formed style contacts terminate wire from 10 AWG to 22 AWG
(6.0 - 0.35mm2) and are available in multiple sizes to accommodate a wide
range of wire insulation. The specific contact is determined by the
outside diameter of wire insulation and conductor size.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DEUTSCH Common Contacts
DEUTSCH CONTACT PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Crimp Tensile Strength (Solid)
Contact Size
Tensile Strength
Size 20
20 lbs
Size 16
25 lbs
Size 12
70 lbs
Size 8
90 lbs
Size 4
300 lbs
Durability
No electrical or mechanical defects after 100
cycles of engagement and disengagement.
Current Rating (Contact current
rating at 125° C continuous)
Contact Size
Max. Current
Size 20
7.5 amps
Size 16
13 amps
Size 12
25 amps
Size 8
60 amps
Size 4
100 amps
Crimp Tensile Strength (Stamped & Formed)
Contact Size
Tensile Strength
Size 20
20 lbs
Size 16
25 lbs
Size 12
70 lbs
Contact Retention (Solid and Stamped & Formed)
Contacts withstand a minimum load of:
20 lbs (89 N) for size 20
25 lbs (111 N) for size 16
30 lbs (133 N) for size 12
35 lbs (156 N) for size 8
35 lbs (156 N) for size 4
Contact Millivolt Drop
Contact Test Current
Millivolt
Millivolt
Size
Amps
Drop* (Solid) Drop* (S&F)
20
7.5
60
100
16
13
60
100
12
25
60
100
8
60
60
-
4
100
60
-
helpful hint
A crimp tensile test easily
and rapidly identifies
a proper crimp.
*Less drop through wire
PAGE 171
DEUTSCH Common Contacts
SOLID CONTACT PART NUMBERS
Solid Contact Part Numbers
Size
Pin
Socket
Wire Size
AWG
(mm2)
Recommended
Strip Length
Inches (mm)
Min.
Contact
Retention
Ref Crimp
Tensile
Lbs. (N)
Max Rated
Amps at
125° C
Continuous
20
0460-202-20** 0462-201-20**
20
(0.50)
.156-.218
(3.96-5.54)
20
(89)
20
(89)
7.5
20
0460-010-20** 0462-005-20**
16-18
(1.0-0.75)
.156-.218
(3.96-5.54)
20
(89)
20
(89)
7.5
16
0460-202-16**
0462-201-16**
16-20
(1.5-0.50)
.250-.312
(6.35-7.92)
25
(111)
35-20
(156-89)
13
16
0460-215-16**
0462-209-16**
14
(2.0)
.250-.312
(6.35-7.92)
25
(111)
70
(311)
13
12
0460-204-12** 0462-203-12**
12-14
(3.0-2.0)
.222-.284
(5.64-7.21)
30
(134)
75-70
(334-311)
25
8
0460-204-08** 0462-203-08**
8-10
(10.0-5.0)
.430-.492
(10.92-12.50)
35
(156)
125-90
(556-400)
60
4
0460-204-04** 0462-203-04**
6
(16.0-13.0)
.430-.492
(10.92-12.50)
35
(156)
300
(1334)
100
4
4
5960-203-04141 5962-203-04141
(C038)
(25.0-21.0)
.430-.492
(10.92-12.50)
35
(156)
300
(1334)
100
** = Plating codes
Solid Contact Plating Codes
Part Number
Suffix
Note
Plating Material
See information drawing
31
Gold
0425-015-0000.
90
Nickel (size
4 pin only)
141
Nickel
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DEUTSCH Common Contacts
STAMPED & FORMED CONTACT PART NUMBERS
S&F Contact Part
Numbers
Size
Pin
Socket
Carrier
Strip
Wire Size
AWG
(mm2)
Max Rated
Wire
Recommended
Min.
Amps at
Insulation
Strip Length
Contact
125° C
O.D. Range
Inches (mm)
Retention Continuous
20
1060-20-01** 1062-20-01**
20-01
16-22
(1.5-0.35)
.075-.125
(1.91-3.18)
.150-.200
(3.81-5.08)
20
(89)
7.5
20
1060-20-02** 1062-20-02**
20-02
16-22
(1.5-0.35)
.051-.085
(1.30-2.16)
.150-.200
(3.81-5.08)
20
(89)
7.5
1062-20-03** 20-03
sleeveless
16-22
(1.5-0.35)
.075-.125
(1.91-3.18)
.150-.200
(3.81-5.08)
20
(89)
7.5
14-16
(2.5-1.0)
.075-.125
(1.91-3.18)
.150-.200
(3.81-5.08)
20
(89)
7.5
20
20
-
1060-20-06** 1062-20-06** 20-06
16
1060-14-01**
1062-14-01**
14-16
14-18
(2.0-.75)
.095-.150
(2.41-3.81)
.150-.200
(3.81-5.08)
25
(111)
13
16
1060-14-10**
1062-14-10**
14-16
14-18
(2.0-.75)
.095-.150
(2.41-3.81)
.150-.200
(3.81-5.08)
25
(111)
13
16
1060-16-01**
1062-16-01**
16-18
14-18
(2.0-.75)
.075-.140
(1.90-3.55)
.150-.200
(3.81-5.08)
25
(111)
13
16
1060-16-06** 1062-16-06**
0.5-1.0
16-20
(1.0-.50)
.055-.100
(1.40-2.54)
.150-.200
(3.81-5.08)
25
(111)
13
16
1060-16-09** 1062-16-09**
16-18
14-18
(2.0-.75)
.075-.140
(1.90-3.55)
.150-.200
(3.81-5.08)
25
(111)
13
16
1060-16-12**
1062-16-12**
1.0-2.5
12-16
(2.5-1.0)
.075-.140
(1.90-3.55)
.175-.225
(4.45-5.72)
25
(111)
13
16
-
1062-16-14**
sleeveless
14-16
12-16
(2.5-1.0)
.075-.140
(1.90-3.55)
.175-.225
(4.45-5.72)
25
(111)
13
12
1060-12-01**
1062-12-01**
12-14
12-14
(4.0-2.0)
.113-.176
(2.87-4.47)
.225-.275
(5.72-6.99)
30
(134)
25
12
1060-12-02** 1062-12-02**
10-12
10†
(6.0-4.0)
.140-.204
(3.56-5.18)
.225-.275
(5.72-6.99)
30
(134)
25
** = Plating codes
† = TXL wire insulation is preferred
S&F Contact Plating Codes
Part Number
Suffix
Plating Material
22
Nickel
44
Gold
66
Tin/Nickel
77
Tin
88
Selective Gold
Note
See information drawing
0425-015-0000.
PAGE 173
DEUTSCH Common Contacts
PCB PINS
Straight reduced diameter extended pins are available for installation in the DEUTSCH family of connectors.
The use of removable contacts provides design flexibility and a low cost alternative to meet application needs.
These solid copper alloy pins may be specified in various platings and assembled in HD30, HDP20, HD10, DRC,
or DT receptacles.
Material
Copper alloy
Plating Codes
31: Gold
90: Tin
141: Nickel
PCB Mounting
Consult factory for PCB mounting details and pin positions.
End of Connector
D
A
Note
B
C
See information drawing 0425202-0000 for full specifications.
Contact
Size
20
16
12
Part Number
A
B
C
0460-208-2031
1.305 (33.15)
.248 (6.30)
0460-208-2090
1.305 (33.15)
0460-208-16141
Series
D*
.025 (.64)
HD30/HDP20
.939 (23.85)
.248 (6.30)
.025 (.64)
HD10
.925 (23.50)
1.300 (33.02)
.248 (6.30)
.025 (.64)
DT
.777 (19.74)
0460-208-1631
1.300 (33.02)
.248 (6.30)
.025 (.64)
DT04-2P
.677 (17.20)
0460-229-16141
.545 (13.84)
.248 (6.30)
.025 (.64)
DT04-3P
.677 (17.20)
0460-241-16141
1.305 (33.15)
.160 (4.06)
.040 (1.02)
DRC
1.063 (27.00)
0460-244-16141
.976 (24.79)
.400 (10.16)
.041 (1.04)
0460-244-1631
.976 (24.79)
.400 (10.16)
.041 (1.04)
0460-208-12141
1.305 (33.15)
.248 (6.30)
.025 (.64)
0460-245-1231
1.024 (26.01)
.500 (12.70)
.041 (1.04)
0460-245-1290
1.024 (26.01)
.500 (12.70)
.041 (1.04)
*D is equal to the distance from the
contact shoulder to the end of the
connector.
Dimensions are for reference only.
HD10 Series
HDP20 Series
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
HD30 Series
DEUTSCH Common Contacts
Crimping
Crimping is defined as the act of joining a conductor to a pin or socket contact using a mechanical tool to
compress and displace metal. In a good crimp joint, there is mutual flow of metal, causing a symmetrical
distortion of wire strands.
CRIMPING CONFIGURATIONS
Stamped & formed contacts use a folded type of crimp (Fig.
1) while solid contacts use a 1, 2, or 4 indent crimp (Fig. 2). In
both styles of crimps, the wire strands and the contact material
are formed together in a solid mass creating a reduction of
the wire strand area. The reduced wire strand area creates a
minimum of voids allowing for excellent conductivity. Crimping
may be accomplished with hand tools or power tools.
Stamped & Formed Style
Cross-Section Across Axis
Figure 1
BENEFITS OF CRIMPED CONTACTS
Solid Style
Mechanically crimping contacts is the leading wire termination
method for some very good reasons:
• With smaller wire, the crimp is as strong as the wire itself.
• The joint can be visually inspected. Viewing the wire through
an inspection hole in the contact makes inspection quick
and easy, both by the operator and the inspector.
Indenter Crimp
Cross-Section Across Axis
Figure 2
• Plating thickness is not restricted, as in solder joints, so better
corrosion resistance and contact reliability are achieved.
• Crimping can be done anywhere, without special preparation.
Terminations are replaced or modified in the field exactly the same
as in the shop, using the same tools and the same techniques,
and with the same ease of operation and certainty of results.
• Total installed and maintenance costs are lower.
helpful hint
Solder should not be added
to DEUTSCH terminals.
Note
The use of dielectric grease
is not recommended.
PAGE 175
DEUTSCH Common Contacts
CRIMP INSPECTION
Crimping tools provide lower total installation and maintenance costs. However, controls are required
to help confirm that the proper crimp tools designed for the type and size contact are used, the pin
or socket is properly inserted into the tool, the wire insulation is stripped properly, and the wire fully
inserts into the contact.
When a crimp is completed, correct termination can be visually inspected. The inspector should check for:
• The removed insulation should expose a conductor length that will pass beyond
the inspection hole in the contact and still reveal the appropriate length of
conductor between the contact and the insulation on the wire.
• Wire strands intact.
• All wire strands enter the contact barrel.
• Wire inserted to the proper depth in the contact.
When the correct crimp tool and process are used, a good termination results.
Note
For more detailed crimp dimensions
please request a drawing.
SOLID CONTACT CRIMP
Crimp centered
between the
inspection hole and
crimp barrel end
Conductor strands
are visible through
inspection hole
Conductor
strands not
visible
Birdcage
Correct insulation
gap (.100” max)
Acceptable Crimp
Flayed
wire
Unacceptable Crimps
STAMPED & FORMED CONTACT CRIMP
All strands
captured
Bare wire strands
extended from
conductor crimp
Conductor
strands not
visible on
both sides
of conductor
crimp
Conductor
strand not
captured
Insulation spaced
from conductor
crimp area
Acceptable Crimp
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Unacceptable Crimps
Conductor
strands bent
and not
completely
captured
DEUTSCH Common Contacts
Accessories
Additional accessories are available to aid in the design flexibility and sealing requirements of applications.
Accessory items such as sealing plugs and keying pins help to maintain an environmental seal and prevent
mis-mating.
KEYING PINS
Keying pins are solid plastic rods used to help prevent mis-mating of like connectors in close proximity.
Applicable DEUTSCH product lines include HD10, HD30, HDP20, DT, and DTM series.
Keying pins are inserted into the retention fingers of an empty socket cavity. Once installed, the keying pin
blocks a mating contact pin from being inserted. The contact pin will be blocked before the coupling device
mates the connectors, helping to prevent the mis-mating of like connectors. Proper usage requires that the
corresponding mating pin be omitted and a sealing plug inserted in the rear cavity of the mating connector.
Individual applications will vary, and testing should be done to determine the best pattern arrangement to
help prevent improper connector mating.
Part Number
Contact Size
Color
0413-216-2005
20
Red
0413-215-1605
16
White
0413-214-1205
12
Yellow
Note
Multiple keying pins may
be required to help prevent
unintentional forced mating.
CONTACT CRIMP SLEEVE REDUCER
A crimp sleeve reducer is available to allow DEUTSCH size 4 solid contacts to accept 8-10 AWG wire. When
populating a connector using a contact with a reducer sleeve, be sure the insert seal penetrates the rear
grommet. The use of the crimp sleeve reducer requires no extra crimp tools and provides an easy transition
and increased flexibility.
Note
TXL wire insulation with 10 AWG
is not recommended because it
may not provide an environmental
Insert Seal
0410-241-0406
Crimp Sleeve
0421-203-04141
seal against the insert seal.
PAGE 177
DEUTSCH Common Contacts
SEALING PLUGS
Open cavities provide pathways for contaminates to enter the connectors. To maintain seal integrity, any
unused cavity must be filled with the appropriate size sealing plug.
Part Number
Contact Size
Description
114019
Size 4
Silicone rubber
114018
Size 8
Thermoplastic
114017
Size 12, 16
Thermoplastic
0413-217-1605
(locking
sealing plug)
Size 16
Thermoplastic, retained
by locking fingers
0413-003-1605
Size 16
Thermoplastic, used
with STRIKE series
0413-204-2005
Size 20
Thermoplastic
helpful hint
Sealing plugs are used to seal
the connector when all the
cavities are not used by wires.
Plug
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DEUTSCH Common Contacts
How To Instructions
SEALING PLUG INSTALLATION
Step 1:
Holding the sealing plug
with large diameter end
away from the connector,
gently apply downward
pressure to force the sealing plug into the cavity.
Step 2:
With perpendicular motion,
apply downward pressure
to the large diameter end of
the sealing plug.
Step 3:
Apply pressure until sealing plug is forced to stop by
contact with rear grommet.
Visually inspect the sealing
plug to confirm it is flush with
cavity opening.
LOCKING SEALING PLUG INSTALLATION
Step 1:
Holding the sealing plug
with large diameter end
towards the connector,
gently apply downward
pressure to force the sealing plug into the cavity.
Step 2:
With perpendicular motion,
apply downward pressure
to the small diameter end
of the sealing plug.
Step 3:
Apply pressure until sealing plug locks into place.
A slight tug on the sealing plug will confirm it is
locked into place.
PAGE 179
DEUTSCH Common Contacts
CONTACT CRIMP SLEEVE REDUCER ASSEMBLY
Step 1:
Place crimp sleeve reducer into contact barrel.
Step 2:
Slide insert seal onto 8-10
AWG wire stopping just at
the edge of the stripped
insulation.
Step 4:
Confirm seal is
not distorted.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Step 3:
Insert wire into barrel of
contact and crimp using
designated tooling.
Contents
Tooling Overview..................................................... 182
Automated Tooling..........................................182-184
Hand Tools..........................................................185-186
Removal Tools........................................................... 187
How To Instructions....................................... 188-190
DEUTSCH Tooling
Crimp Tool Overview
The two types of DEUTSCH contacts are solid and stamped & formed. Both styles of contacts
are designed for crimp style terminations - no solder is required or recommended. A crimp style
termination displaces the wire strands creating a superior bond between the wire and the contact.
Several tools are available for hand and production wire crimping, wire insertion and removal, and
wedgelock/terminal position assurance removal. The tools are specific to the solid contacts or the
stamped & formed contacts. To create a proper crimp and achieve the highest performance
specifications, contacts must be crimped with the recommended tooling.
Automated Tooling Overview
For higher production volumes, a pneumatic power crimp tool is available for the DEUTSCH solid
contacts, and applicator dies for stamped & formed contacts. The HDP-400, a pneumatic solid crimp
tool, is a fast, bench-top tool that crimps most DEUTSCH contacts. The HDP-400 has a foot control,
and easy-to-change dies and locators for each contact size. TE’s stamped & formed OCEAN applicator
dies are heavy duty mini-dies that work in many industry standard presses. The OCEAN applicator
dies offer simple adjustments and the flexibility to accept different sized contacts and wire gauge.
AUTOMATED TOOLING FOR SOLID CONTACTS
Tool Part Number
Contact Size
Contact Part Number
4
0460-204-0490
0462-203-04141
8
0460-204-08141
0462-203-08141
12
0460-204-12**
0462-203-12**
HDP-400
16
20
0460-202-16**
0462-201-16**
0460-215-16**
0462-209-16**
0460-202-20**
0462-201-20**
For the appropriate die and locator, see drawing 0425-205-0000
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DEUTSCH Tooling
HDP-400 TOOLING ACCESSORIES
The Go-No-Go gauge is used to determine if the HDP-400 tool is calibrated within the recommended
specifications to produce a proper crimp.
Part Number
Go-No-Go Gauges
GA20N
HDP-400 Size 20
450GA-16N
HDP-400 Size 16
450GA-12N
HDP-400 Size 12
GA8-SPEC
HDP-400 Size 8
450GA-4-SPEC
HDP-400 Size 4
AUTOMATED TOOLING FOR STAMPED & FORMED CONTACTS
Size 16 -Group 1
Size 12 -Group 2
Size 12 -Group 1
Pin P/N
1060-12-0144
1060-12-0166
1060-12-0222
1060-12-0244
Socket P/N
1062-12-0144
1062-12-0166
1062-12-0222
1062-12-0244
Insulation Range
O.D. (mm)
Applictor P/N
Conversion Kit P/N
.151-.176
(3.83-4.47)
2266124-1
7-2266124-8
.130-.154
(3.30-3.91)
2266125-1
7-2266125-8
.113-.135
(2.87-3.43)
2266126-1
7-2266127-8
.185-.204
(4.70-5.18)
2266127-1
7-2266127-8
.155-.190
(3.94-4.83)
2266128-1
7-2266128-8
.140-.160
(3.56-4.06)
2266129-1
7-226129-8
1060-14-0122
1060-14-0144
1060-14-0177
1062-14-0122
1062-14-0144
1062-14-0177
.120-.150
(3.05-3.81)
2266100-1
7-2266100-8
1060-14-1077
1060-14-1088
1062-14-1077
1062-14-1088
.105-.125
(2.67-3.18)
2266101-1
7-2266101-8
1060-16-0122
1060-16-0144
1060-16-0177
1062-16-0122
1062-16-0144
1062-16-0177
.105-.125
(2.67-3.18)
2266101-1
7-2266101-8
1060-16-0722
1060-16-0744
1060-16-0777
1062-16-0722
1062-16-0744
1062-16-0777
.085-.111
(2.16-2.82)
2266102-1
7-2266102-8
.075-.105
(1.91-2.67)
2266103-1
7-2266103-8
1060-16-0977
1060-16-0988
1062-16-0977
1062-16-0988
.063-.094
(1.60-2.39)
2266104-1
7-2266104-8
The -1 suffix on the applicator p/n represents a mechanical feed, for other feed options
contact your representative. The conversion kit is to convert applicators within the same
group. For more information, please reference TE catalog 1-1773730-8 or contact your
representative.
PAGE 183
DEUTSCH Tooling
Size 20 -Group 1
Size 16 -Group 3
Size 16 -Group 2
AUTOMATED TOOLING FOR STAMPED & FORMED CONTACTS (CONTINUED)
Pin P/N
Socket P/N
1060-16-0622
1060-16-0644
1060-16-0677
1060-16-0688
1062-16-0622
1062-16-0644
1062-16-0677
1062-16-0688
1060-16-1222
1060-16-1244
1060-16-1277
1062-16-1222
1062-16-1244
1062-16-1277
-
Insulation Range
Applictor P/N
O.D. (mm)
Conversion Kit P/N
.063-.094
(1.60-2.39)
2266110-1
7-2266110-8
.050-.075
(1.27-1.91)
2266111-1
7-2266111-8
.120-.140
(3.05-3.56)
2266112-1
7-2266112-8
.105-.125
(2.67-3.18)
2266113-1
7-2266113-8
1062-16-1422
1062-16-1444
1062-16-1477
.090-.110
(2.29-2.79)
2266114-1
7-2266114-8
.075-.095
(1.91-2.41)
2266115-1
7-2266115-8
1060-20-0122
1060-20-0144
1060-20-0177
1062-20-0122
1062-20-0144
1062-20-0177
.105-.125
(2.67-3.18)
2266116-1
7-2266116-8
-
1062-20-0322
1062-20-0344
1062-20-0377
.085-.111
(2.16-2.82)
2266117-1
7-2266117-8
.075-.105
(1.91-2.67)
2266118-1
7-2266118-8
1060-20-0222
1060-20-0244
1060-20-0277
1062-20-0222
1062-20-0244
1062-20-0277
.063-.085
(1.62-2.16)
2266119-1
7-2266119-8
.050-.075
(1.27-1.91)
2266120-1
7-2266120-8
The -1 suffix on the applicator p/n represents a mechanical feed, for other feed options
contact your representative. The conversion kit is to convert applicators within the same
group. For more information, please reference TE catalog 1-1773730-8 or contact your
representative.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DEUTSCH Tooling
Hand Tool Overview
For field service, prototype, and low-volume production, there are several easy-to-use hand crimp tools for both
solid barrel and stamped & formed contacts. All hand crimp tools provide a tight, complete crimp with minimal
effort. The HDT-48-00, the most commonly used tool for solid contacts, crimps a wide range of contact sizes.
It provides a symmetrical four indent crimp, is compact and easy-to-use for field service, yet sturdy and reliable
enough for low volume production. Hand crimp tools for DEUTSCH stamped & formed contacts are wire gauge
specific and simultaneously crimp the insulation and conductor, saving time and effort during field service.
HDT-04-08
Contact Size
HDT-48-00
Contact Part
Number
HDT-50-00
ut
LAD
D
l u si v e t
ion
xc
o
E
HAND TOOLS FOR SOLID CONTACTS
D i s t ri b
HDT-1561
Tool Part Number
Crimp Type
4
0460-204-0490
0462-203-04141
HDT-04-08
Two indent crimp
8
0460-204-08141
0462-203-08141
HDT-04-08
Two indent crimp
HDT-48-00
Four indent crimp
12
0460-204-12**
0462-203-12**
HDT-1561
Two indent crimp
HDT-50-00
One indent crimp
HDT-48-00
Four indent crimp
HDT-1561
Two indent crimp
HDT-50-00
One indent crimp
HDT-48-00
Four indent crimp
HDT-1561
Two indent crimp
HDT-50-00
One indent crimp
16
20
0460-202-16**
0462-201-16**
0460-215-16**
0462-209-16**
0460-202-20**
0462-201-20**
PAGE 185
DEUTSCH Tooling
HDT-48-00 TOOLING ACCESSORIES
Replacement parts, such as adjustment screws, locking nuts, and inspection tools are available for the
HDT-48-00 hand tool.
Part Number
Crimp Tool Replacement Part
0426-209-0000
Adjustment screw and locking nut
M2700-395-10
Locking nut
Part Number
G454
Description
HDT-48-00 Go-No-Go Gauge
HAND TOOLS FOR DEUTSCH STAMPED & FORMED CONTACTS
DTT-12-00
DTT-12-01
Contact Size
Contact Part
Number
12
16
20
DTT-16-00
DTT-16-01
DTT-20-00
DTT-20-02
Tool Part Number
1060-12-01**
1062-12-01**
DTT-12-00
1060-12-02**
1062-12-02**
DTT-12-01
1060-16-01**
1062-16-01**
1060-16-06**
1062-16-06**
DTT-16-00
(14-16 AWG)
DTT-16-01
(18 AWG)
1060-20-01**
1062-20-01**
DTT-20-00
1060-20-02**
1062-20-02**
DTT-20-02
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
helpful hint
Go-no-go gauges are used to inspect
crimp tooling. The G454 gauge is
used with the HDT-48-00 hand tool.
DEUTSCH Tooling
MULTI-USE REMOVAL TOOL
Part Number
DT-RT1
Description
Multi-use tool with a small hook on one end for wedgelock removal,
and a small screwdriver on the other end to push back the locking
fingers and release the contact. For use with the DT, DTM, DTP, DTV,
DRB, and STRIKE series.
REMOVAL TOOLS
DEUTSCH removal tools are designed to simplify contact removal and field service repair in connectors that
utilize a round shoulder contact retention system. Removal tools are compact, easy-to-use, and manufactured
of heavy duty plastic to remove contacts without damage to the wire, insulation, connector seals, or connector
body. The removal tools are required for wire removal in the DTHD, Jiffy Splices, HD10, HDP20, HD30, DRC,
AEC, and WT series.
Contact Size
Wire Gauge
Range
Color
0411-027-0405
Size 4
4 AWG
Black
114009
Size 4
6 AWG
White
114008
Size 8
8-10 AWG
Green
Size 8
for HD Box
8-10 AWG
Green
Extended
114010
Size 12
12 AWG
Yellow
0411-337-1205
Size 12
12-14 AWG
Extra Thin Wall
(E-Seal)
Orange
0411-291-1405
Size 16
14-16 AWG
Green
0411-310-1605
Size 16
16-20 AWG
Light Blue
0411-336-1605
Size 16
16-18 AWG
Extra Thin Wall
(E-Seal)
Dark Blue
0411-240-2005
Size 20
20-22 AWG
Red
Part Number
0411-353-0805
helpful hint
A contact removal tool taped or tie
wrapped to the harness will make it
easily available, should repairs be
needed.
PAGE 187
DEUTSCH Tooling
How To Instructions
WIRE STRIPPING
Step 1:
1. Choose the correct
AWG for the contact
being used.
Step 2:
1. After stripping, a small
piece of the insulation
should come off.
2. Measure from the end
of the wire the recommended strip length
according to the contact
size.
2. Check for any broken
strands or for a dent in
the wire. If either exist,
the wire is damaged
and should be cut and
stripped again.
3. Place the wire into a
stripping tool at the recommended strip length.
Strip the wire according
to stripping tool instructions.
Step 3:
Measure the exposed
strands to be sure the
crimp length is correct.
helpful hint
Leaving the stripped portion of the
insulation on the wire until crimping
will avoid flayed wire strands.
Incorrect
Correct
CRIMPING WITH THE HDT-48-00 HAND TOOL
Step 1:
1. Strip insulation from
wire.
2. Raise selector knob
and rotate until arrow is
aligned with wire size to
be crimped.
Step 2:
Insert contact with barrel
up. Turn adjusting screw
counterclockwise until contact is flush with
indentor cover. Tighten
locknut.
3. Loosen locknut, turn
adjusting screw in until it
stops.
Step 3:
1. Insert wire into contact.
Contact must be centered between indentors.
Close handles until crimp
cycle is completed.
2. Release handles and
remove crimped contact.
Note
Tool must be adjusted for
each type/size of contact.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DEUTSCH Tooling
CRIMPING WITH DTT STYLE HAND TOOLS (SIZE 16 & 20)
Step 1:
Cycle the hand tool to the
open position. Place the
contact into the correct
die nest.
Step 2:
Partially close the tool
until the contact is held in
place.
Step 3:
Insert the prestripped wire
into the crimp area of the
contact.
Step 4:
Close the tool until the
ratchet releases. The
ratchet is released when
a loud click is heard and
crimp is complete.
PAGE 189
DEUTSCH Tooling
CRIMPING WITH DTT-12-01 HAND TOOL
Proper
contact
position,
front
view
Insulation diameters
Proper
contact
position,
side
view
Insulation
selector
Step 1:
Cycle handles to release
ratchet and fully open
crimp jaws. Pull out insulation selector and push into
proper diameter using the
chart below.
Wire Type
Insulation Selector
10 TXL
10 GXL
10 SXL
5.0 mm2
6.0 mm2
.150-.170
.160-.180
.170-.205
.160-.180
.170-.205
Step 2:
1. Insert contact into locator. Adjust alignment and width
of crimp wings if necessary to help confirm capture by
crimp jaws.
2. Insert stripped wire into the contact. Close crimp tool
until full-cycle ratchet control releases.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Contents
Bussed Feedback Overview................................ 192
Bussed Examples..................................................... 192
Dimensions................................................................. 193
Ordering Information..............................................194
Bussing Options
Bussed Overview
DEUTSCH industrial bussed feedback receptacles are environmentally sealed connectors designed for use
in heavy duty applications where multiple circuits require a common electrical pathway. Available in the
DT Series, DEUTSCH bussed connectors feature integrated bussbars with standard DEUTSCH contacts.
A bussbar, or buss, is a thin conductive strip connecting two or more contacts within the body of a connector.
Bussbars allow power or data to be fed into a connector through one or more terminals and drawn out as
needed through the other contacts on the same buss. Connectors can carry one or more bussbars, creating
multiple independent electrical circuits within the same connector body and distributing power or data to
many components. A single bussed connector can replace several standard connectors or splices, saving space,
wiring, and weight.
DT SERIES BUSSED FEEDBACK RECEPTACLES
DT bussed feedback receptacles are a compact economical bussing
option housed in rugged, field-proven DT receptacle bodies. The bussed
DTs mate with standard DT plugs and meet all the performance
specifications for the DT series. The connectors are available in multiple
buss configurations using standard size 16 contacts, with plating options
in nickel or gold.
BUSSED EXAMPLES
10 amps
6.5 amps
3 amps
13 amps
6.5 amps
13 amps
In the examples, there are three size 16 pins each rated for 13 amps
mounted to the buss. A total of 13 amps can be pulled into one pin and
going out the 13 amps are split between the remaining two pins. No more
than 13 amps can go through any single pin.
Note
The maximum current rating is the
total amount of current for the entire
buss. Current can be distributed
in many combinations, but cannot
exceed 13 amps per contact.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Bussing Options
DIMENSIONS
B
A
C
DT Receptacle
Overall Length
A
Overall Height
B
Overall Width
C
2
1.818 (46.18)
.670 (17.15)
.675 (17.15)
4
1.868 (47.45)
.797 (20.24)
.820 (20.83)
6
1.858 (47.19)
.972 (24.69)
.820 (20.83)
8
1.848 (46.94)
1.000 (25.40)
1.435 (36.45)
12
2.043 (51.89)
.876 (22.25)
1.597 (40.56)
Cavity
Dimensions are for reference only.
DT SERIES BUSSED FEEDBACK RECEPTACLE PART NUMBERING SYSTEM
Part Number
DT 04 - 4 P * - ****
Series
Special Modifications
Style
Key (if applicable)
04
In-line Receptacle
Configuration
Contacts
P
Pin
PAGE 193
Bussing Options
ORDERING INFORMATION
Bussing
Arrangements
Maximum
Current Rating*
Buss
Plating
Connector
Color
Receptacle
Part Number
Mating Plug
Part Number
(1) 2 Pin Buss=13 amps
Nickel
Black
DT04-2P-P060
DT06-2S-****
(1) 4 Pin Buss=26 amps
Nickel
Nickel
Black
Gray
DT04-4P-EP13
DT04-4P-P021
DT06-4S-****
DT06-4S-****
(1) 6 Pin Buss=39 amps
Nickel
Nickel
Black
Gray
DT04-6P-EP13
DT04-6P-P021
DT06-6S-****
DT06-6S-****
(2) 3 Pin Busses=13
amps each
Nickel
Black
DT04-6P-EP14
DT06-6S-****
(1) 8 Pin Buss=52 amps
Nickel
Nickel
Gray
Black
DT04-08PA-P021
DT04-08PB-P021
DT06-08SA-****
DT06-08SB-****
(1) 3 Pin Buss=13 amps
(1) 5 Pin Buss=26 amps
Nickel
Nickel
Gray
Black
DT04-08PA-P028
DT04-08PB-P028
DT06-08SA-****
DT06-08SB-****
(2) 4 Pin Busses=26
amps each
Nickel
Nickel
Gray
Black
DT04-08PA-P026
DT04-08PB-P026
DT06-08SA-****
DT06-08SB-****
(1) 12 Pin Buss=78
amps
Gold
Gold
Nickel
Nickel
Gray
Black
Gray
Black
DT04-12PA-P016
DT04-12PB-P016
DT04-12PA-P021
DT04-12PB-P021
DT06-12SA-****
DT06-12SB-****
DT06-12SA-****
DT06-12SB-****
(2) 6 Pin Busses=39
amps each
Nickel
Nickel
Gold
Gray
Black
Black
DT04-12PA-P026
DT04-12PB-P026
DT04-12PB-P027
DT06-12SA-****
DT06-12SB-****
DT06-12SB-****
(3) 4 Pin Busses=26
amps each
Nickel
Gray
DT04-12PA-P075
DT06-12SA-****
(4) 3 Pin Busses=13
amps each
Nickel
Nickel
Gold
Gold
Gray
Black
Gray
Black
DT04-12PA-P030
DT04-12PB-P030
DT04-12PA-P031
DT04-12PB-P031
DT06-12SA-****
DT06-12SB-****
DT06-12SA-****
DT06-12SB-****
(1) 2
(1) 4
(1) 6
(2) 3’s
(1) 8
(1) 3, (1) 5
(2) 4’s
(1) 12
(2) 6’s
(3) 4’s
(4) 3’s
*Maximum current rating is the total amperage for the buss
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Contents
Controller Area Networks (CAN)
Overview.....................................................................196
ISO Box........................................................................196
J1939/11 9-pin Diagnostic..............................198-199
J1939/13 Connector Options.....................200-201
J1939/15 Connector Options.................... 202-203
Controller Area Networks
CAN Overview
Controller Area Networks, or CAN, are multiplex data systems. Multiplexing allows multiple data signals to
travel on the same wires, integrating separate electronic systems and applications to a single point control and
monitoring system. Using signals sent over a serial network, CAN systems provide instantaneous monitoring
of diagnostic and control systems allowing early detection of potential problems. Early detection of problems
leads to lower repair costs and reduced downtime. CAN systems allow an operator to use a single command
station to control diagnostic systems and receive such varied information as brake and transmission
temperature, tire pressure, fuel efficiency, and emissions levels. Anything that can be measured and controlled
electronically can be monitored and directed by a CAN system.
ISO/CD 11783-2 ISO BOX AND ASSOCIATED CONNECTORS
Originally designed for agricultural applications, the DEUTSCH ISO
Box creates a communication pathway between an on-board CAN
system and the electronic components on an attached implement.
The HDBox, which holds two DT13 connectors and an HD30 series
receptacle, mounts on the vehicle and mates with an HD30 plug
connector that features a breakaway coupling ring. DEUTSCH
breakaway couplings are designed to help prevent damage to the
vehicle or the attached implement by fragmenting and separating
from the vehicle in the event of a drive-away disconnect.
Part Number
Description
HDBOX-24-91PN
ISO Box assembly
HDBOX-24-91PE
ISO Box assembly, reduced wire seal
HD36-24-91SN-059
Plug, cable clamp assembly
HD36-24-91SE-059
Plug, cable clamp assembly, reduced wire seal
HDB36-24-91SN-059
Plug, breakaway coupling, cable clamp assembly
HDB36-24-91SE-059
Plug, breakaway coupling, cable clamp assembly,
reduced wire seal
DT06-4S-EP06*
Plug, black, end cap
DT06-2S-EP06*
Plug, black, end cap
W4S-P012
Wedgelock, green
W2S-P012
Wedgelock, green
0460-204-08141
Pin, solid, size 8
0460-204-12141
Pin, solid, size 12
0460-202-1631
Pin, solid, size 16, gold
0462-203-08141
Socket, solid, size 8
0462-203-12141
Socket, solid, size 12
0462-201-1631
Socket, solid, size 16, gold
*DT series receptacles are molded in the HDBox
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Controller Area Networks
CAN PRODUCT OPTIONS
Whether you’re building a Controller Area Network for anything from on/
off-highway, construction, material handling, agriculture machines, to
your OEM fleet of fire engines, there is a DEUTSCH solution for your CAN
needs. Options include several configurations: 2-wire, 3-wire, and 4-wire,
with in-line and flange mount, along with splitters, heavy duty breakaway
connectors, and an off-board 9-pin diagnostic connector.
SAE J1939 is a specific type of CAN that defines the communications
pathways for vehicle networks. Improved electrical systems as defined
under SAE J1939 allow electrical devices to communicate with each
other. Communication occurs using a Controlled Area Network between
intelligent sensors over a serial network. Through a series of microprocessors
a CAN interconnects every device establishing a common link between each.
There are three main electrical interconnect subsets of J1939 including /11, /13, and /15:
• J1939/11 is a 3-wire system that uses the DEUTSCH DT series connectors primarily for truck and bus. The DT
series accepts size 16 contacts and 14-20 AWG. Connector options include in-line, bulkhead, “Y” splitter, and
terminating resistors.
• J1939/13 is a system that uses the DEUTSCH HD10 series connectors for on-board diagnostics. The HD10
series accepts size 16 contacts and 14-20 AWG.
• J1939/15 is a 2-wire system that uses the DEUTSCH DTM series connectors. The DTM series accepts size
20 contacts and 16-22 AWG. Connector options include in-line, “Y” splitter, and terminating resistors.
The sophistication of equipment design is demanding increased response of electrical systems. The application
of J1939 allows designers to improve the quantity and the quality of the options offered along with increased
electrical system reliability.
PAGE 197
Controller Area Networks
J1939/11 3 WIRE SYSTEM SCHEMATIC
DEUTSCH J1939/11 connectors are rugged field proven DT 3 pin connectors designed to meet the SAE
requirements for 3-wire CAN applications linking ECUs for serial data communications. The DT 3 way
connectors accommodate the CAN_HI, CAN_LO and shield wires with a variety of options including “Y”
receptacles, connectors with mounting flanges, keyed wedgelocks to prevent mis-mating, and network
terminating connectors with molded-in 120Ω resistors.
ECU I
ECU II
Receptacle-ADT04-3P-E008
DT04-3P-EE01
Wedge-AW3P
Receptacle-ADT04-3P-LE08
Wedge-AW3P
Plug-ADT06-3S-P032
Wedge-AW3S-P012
Plug-ADT06-3S-P032
Wedge-AW3S-P012
Terminating
Receptacle
DT04-3P-P006
DT04-3P-EP10
Wedgelock Included
Plug-BDT06-3S-P032
Wedge-BW3S-1939-P012
Receptacle-ADT04-3P-LE08
Wedge-AW3P
Plug-ADT06-3S-P032
Wedge-AW3S-P012
Receptacle-BDT04-3P-LE08
Wedgelock-BW3P-1939
Plug-BDT06-3S-P032
Wedge-BW3S-1939-P012
ECU II + I
Receptacle-YDT04-3P-P007
Plug-BDT06-3S-P032
Wedge-BW3S-1939-P012
+Battery
Plug-BDT06-3S-P032
Wedge-BW3S-1939-P012
Terminating
Receptacle
DT04-3P-P006
DT04-3P-EP10
Wedgelock Included
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Controller Area Networks
J1939/11 DEUTSCH CONNECTOR OPTIONS
Part Number
Description
DT04-3P-P007
Receptacle, “y” connector
DT04-3P-E008
Receptacle, gray, shrink boot adapter
DT04-3P-P006
Receptacle, gray, 120Ω resistor
DT04-3P-EE01
Receptacle, black, shrink boot adapter
DT04-3P-EP10
Receptacle, black, 120Ω resistor
DT06-3S-E008
Plug, gray, shrink boot adapter
DT06-3S-P006
Plug, gray, 120Ω resistor
DT06-3S-EP11
Plug, black, shrink boot adapter
DT06-3S-PP01
Plug, black, 120Ω resistor
DT06-3S-PE01
Plug, black, 120Ω resistor, latch guard
DT06-3S-P032
Plug, black, single piece shrink boot adapter
W3P-1939
Wedgelock, blue
W3S
Wedgelock, orange
W3S-P012
Wedgelock, green
W3S-1939
Wedgelock, blue
W3S-1939-P012
Wedgelock, blue
0460-202-1631
Pin, solid, size 16, gold
1060-16-0144
Pin, stamped & formed, size 16, gold
0460-247-1631
Pin, solid, size 16, gold, extended
0462-201-1631
Socket, solid, size 16, gold
1062-16-0144
Socket, stamped & formed, size 16, gold
0462-221-1631
Socket, solid, size 16, gold, extended
PAGE 199
Controller Area Networks
J1939/13 UNIVERSAL 9-PIN DIAGNOSTIC
DEUTSCH J1939/13, HD10 9 pin connector is a standard diagnostic tool
interface for on- and off-highway OEMs. The HD10-9-1939P is a data port
connector designed to allow an on-board CAN system to mate with a
diagnostic computer. The connectors are for use with the 250 kbps
network. The DEUTSCH HD10 J1939/13 connectors offer several
mounting options for the receptacle, and a mating plug that is available
with or without a coupling ring.
Part Number
Description
HD10-9-1939P
Receptacle
HD10-9-1939P-B022
Receptacle, panel nut mount
HD10-9-1939PE-B022
Receptacle, panel nut mount, reduced wire seal
HD10-9-1939PE
Receptacle, reduced wire seal
HD16-9-1939S
Plug, coupling ring
HD16-9-1939SE
Plug, coupling ring, reduced wire seal
HD17-9-1939S
Plug, no coupling ring (slip-on)
HD17-9-1939SE
Plug, no coupling ring (slip-on), reduced wire seal
0460-202-1631
Pin, solid, size 16, gold
0460-247-1631
Pin, solid, size 16, gold, extended
0462-201-1631
Socket, solid, size 16, gold
0462-221-1631
Socket, solid, size 16, gold, extended
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Controller Area Networks
J1939/13 TYPE II UNIVERSAL 9-PIN DIAGNOSTIC
DEUTSCH J1939/13, HD10 9 pin connector is a standard diagnostic tool
interface for on- and off-highway OEMs. The HD10-9-1939P*-P080 is
a data port connector designed to allow an on-board CAN system to
mate with a diagnostic computer. The green, Type II connectors, HD10-91939P-P080, are for use with the 500 kbps network. The DEUTSCH HD10
J1939/13 connectors offer several mounting options for the receptacle,
and a mating plug that is available with or without a coupling ring.
Part Number
Description
HD10-9-1939P-P080
Receptacle, flange mount, type II
HD10-9-1939PE-P080
Receptacle, flange mount, type II, reduced wire seal
HD10-9-1939P-BP03
Receptacle, panel nut mount, type II
HD10-9-1939PE-BP03
Receptacle, panel nut mount, type II, reduced wire seal
HD14-9-1939P-P080
Receptacle, type II
HD14-9-1939PE-P080
Receptacle, type II, reduced wire seal
HD16-9-1939S-P080
Plug, coupling ring, type II
HD16-9-1939SE-P080
Plug, coupling ring, type II, reduced wire seal
HD17-9-1939S-P080
Plug, no coupling ring (slip-on), type II
HD17-9-1939SE-P080
Plug, no coupling ring (slip-on), type II, reduced wire seal
0460-202-1631
Pin, solid, size 16, gold
0460-247-1631
Pin, solid, size 16, gold, extended
0462-201-1631
Socket, solid, size 16, gold
0462-221-1631
Socket, solid, size 16, gold, extended
PAGE 201
Controller Area Networks
J1939/15 2 WIRE SYSTEM SCHEMATIC
SAE J1939/15 defines the requirements for reduced physical layer 2-wire CAN systems consisting of an
unshielded twisted pair of wires. DEUTSCH DTM 2 way connectors are offered in several modifications to meet
the requirements of this standard. DTM connectors for serial data communications include “Y” receptacles,
connectors with end caps and shrink boot adapters, and receptacles with molded-in 120Ω resistors
for network terminations.
ECU
ECU N
Receptacle-ADTM04-2P-****
Wedge-AWM-2P
Receptacle-ADTM04-2P-****
Wedge-AWM-2P
Plug-ADTM06-2S-****
Wedge-AWM-2S
Plug-ADTM06-2S-****
Wedge-AWM-2S
Terminating
Receptacle
DTM04-2P-EP10
Wedgelock Included
Plug-BDTM06-2S-****
Wedge-BWM-2SB
Receptacle-ADTM04-2P-****
Wedge-AWM-2P
Plug-ADTM06-2S-****
Wedge-AWM-2S
Receptacle-BDTM04-2P-****
Wedgelock-BWM-2PB
Plug-BDTM06-2S-****
Wedge-BWM-2SB
ECU N + I
Receptacle-YDTM04-2P-P007
Plug-BDTM06-2S-****
Wedge-BWM-2SB
+Battery
Plug-BDTM06-2S-****
Wedge-BWM-2SB
Terminating
Receptacle
DTM04-2P-EP10
Wedgelock Included
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Controller Area Networks
J1939/15 DEUTSCH CONNECTOR OPTIONS
Part Number
Description
DTM04-2P-P007
Receptacle, “y” connector
DTM04-2P-E007
Receptacle, gray, shrink boot adapter
DTM04-2P-P006
Receptacle, gray, 120Ω resistor
DTM04-2P-EE03
Receptacle, black, shrink boot adapter
DTM06-2S-E007
Plug, gray, shrink boot adapter
DTM06-2S-P006
Plug, gray, 120Ω resistor
DTM06-2S-EE03
Plug, black, shrink boot adapter
DTM06-2S-EP10
Plug, black, 120Ω resistor
WM-2P
Wedgelock, orange
WM-2PA
Wedgelock, gray
WM-2PB
Wedgelock, black
WM-2S
Wedgelock, orange
WM-2SA
Wedgelock, gray
WM-2SB
Wedgelock, black
0460-202-2031
Pin, solid, size 20, gold
1060-20-0144
Pin, stamped & formed, size 20, gold
0462-201-2031
Socket, solid, size 20, gold
1062-20-0144
Socket, stamped & formed, size 20, gold
PAGE 203
Controller Area Networks
NOTES:
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Contents
Diodes & Resistors Overview.............................206
Configurations..........................................................206
Diodes & Resistor Characteristics........... 207-208
DEUTSCH Diodes & Resistors
Diodes & Resistors Overview
DEUTSCH DT connectors with diodes and resistors are useful anywhere you need to regulate power or protect
a device against a potential power surge.
A diode allows current to flow in one direction only. By preventing current from traveling a circuit in the wrong
direction, a diode can protect an electronic device from damage. Devices with batteries will often use diodes to
prevent power from flowing in reverse if the battery is not installed correctly.
A resistor limits or blocks current flow in both directions. Resistors protect sensitive electronics by limiting the
amount of electricity that can flow to the device through the resistor, and therefore preventing power spikes.
For example, resistors are used to prevent power surges from burning out an LED by restricting current flow to
the light.
DEUTSCH diode and resistor connectors are easily added to an application after the fact if unwanted power
surges are discovered.
DIODE & RESISTOR CONFIGURATIONS
Insert Arrangement
XX-XX
X size XX
DT SERIES CONFIGURATIONS
DT0*-2*-****
2 size 16
DT0*-3*-****
3 size 16
DT0*-4*-****
4 size 16
DTM SERIES CONFIGURATIONS
DTM0*-2*-****
2 size 20
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Part Number
Number and Size of Cavities
DEUTSCH Diodes & Resistors
PART NUMBERING SYSTEM
Part Number
DT* 04 - 2 P - RT **
Special Modifications
Series
Blank DT series
M
Electronic Package Designator
DTM series
Contacts
Style
04
Receptacle
P
Pin
06
Plug
S
Socket
Configuration
DIODE CHARACTERISTICS
DT Series
Avg. Forward
Current
Color
Part Number
DT04-2P-RT01
Receptacle
MUR460
600 V max.
1.28 V max.
4.0 A max.
Black
DT04-2P-RT02
Receptacle
1N5625GP
400 V max.
1.0 V max.
3.0 A max.
Black
Receptacle
MUR460
(3)
600 V max.
1.28 V max.
4.0 A max.
Black
Receptacle
MUR460
(2)
600 V max.
1.28 V max.
4.0 A max.
Gray
DT04-4P-RT01
DT04-4P-RT03
Diode Part Peak Reverse
Number
Volts
Peak
Forward
Volts
Plug or
Receptacle
PAGE 207
DEUTSCH Diodes & Resistors
RESISTOR CHARACTERISTICS
DTM Series
DT Series
Part Number
Plug or
Receptacle
Resistor Ohms
Resistor Watts
Color
DTM04-2P-EP10
Receptacle
120
0.4
Black (B keyed
wedgelock
included)
DTM04-2P-P006
Receptacle
120
0.4
Gray (A keyed
wedgelock
included)
DTM06-2S-EP10
Plug
120
0.4
Black (B keyed
wedgelock
included)
DTM06-2S-P006
Plug
120
0.4
Gray (A keyed
wedgelock
included)
Part Number
Plug or
Receptacle
Resistor Ohms
Resistor Watts
Color
DT04-2P-RT25
Receptacle
27k
0.5
Black
DT04-3P-EP10
Receptacle
120
0.4 min.
Black (J1939
keyed wedgelock
included)
DT04-3P-P006
Receptacle
120
0.4 min.
Gray (J1939
keyed wedgelock
included)
DT06-3S-EP10
Plug
120
0.4 min.
Black (J1939
keyed wedgelock
included)
DT06-3S-P006
Plug
120
0.4 min.
Gray (J1939
keyed wedgelock
included)
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Contents
Printed Circuit Board Overview..........................210
PCB Connector Options........................................210
AMPSEAL Connectors............................................ 211
Circular DIN Connectors......................................... 211
DRC Series.......................................................... 212-213
DT Family............................................................214-216
HD10 Series................................................................ 216
LEAVYSEAL................................................................ 217
STRIKE Series............................................................ 217
Superseal 1.0 Connectors...................................... 218
PCB Enclosures and Headers...................... 218-221
Printed Circuit Board Connectors
Printed Circuit Board Overview
Printed circuit board or PCB connectors are heavy duty environmentally
sealed connectors designed for wire-to-circuit board connections.
TE Connectivity Industrial & Commercial Transportation’s connectors
are built to maintain the integrity and continuity of data and power
signals in harsh environments. Developed and designed for heavy
duty electronically equipped vehicles, TE’s printed circuit board
connector bodies will withstand dust, dirt, moisture, and vibration.
Available in a variety of styles from several different connector
families, TE’s printed circuit board connectors cover a range of pin
counts from 2 to 76 and wire gauges from 10 to 22. Many of the
connectors are available in straight, 90°, or solder pot options.
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD CONNECTOR OPTIONS
Product Line
Cavity Arrangements
Mating Connector Wire Size
8, 14, 23, 35
16-20 AWG
Circular DIN
2, 3, 4
2.50-.20 mm2
DRC Series
24, 40, 50, 60, 70, 76
14-22 AWG
2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12
14-20 AWG
DTM Series
8, 12, 48 (flangeless)
16-22 AWG
DTP Series
4
10-14 AWG
HD10 Series
6,9
14-20 AWG
LEAVYSEAL
21, 39, 62, 92
6.0-.20 mm2
32
14-22 AWG
26, 34, 60
1.25-.50 mm2
12, 24, 36, 48 (DT series headers)
14-20 AWG
12, 24 (DTM series headers)
16-22 AWG
AMPSEAL
DT Series
STRIKE
Superseal 1.0
EEC Enclosure and
Flange Receptacle
Notes: DT series has flangeless options. Some arrangements of the DT and DTM series are available with A,
B, C, and D keying options.
Note
See individual product
line sections for part
numbering system.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Printed Circuit Board Connectors
AMPSEAL CONNECTORS 90° OR STRAIGHT
Materials
Cover: Glass filled PBT
Wire Seal: Silicone rubber
Contacts: Tin or gold plated brass
8 Positions
8 size 1.3 mm
14 Positions
14 size 1.3 mm
Mating Plugs
8 Position: 776286-*
14 Position: 776273-*
23 Position: 770680-*
35 Position: 776164-*
23 Positions
23 size 1.3 mm
35 Positions
35 size 1.3 mm
Note
See pages 11-20 for comprehensive
AMPSEAL product information.
CIRCULAR DIN CONNECTORS STRAIGHT
Materials
Housing: Glass filled PBT & PA
Flange Seal: Silicone rubber
Contacts: CuZn, tin plated
CuZn, gold plated
2 Positions
2 size 2.5 mm
3 Positions
3 size 2.5 mm
Mating Plugs
2 Position: 1-967325-3, 1-968968-3 (secondary locking)
3 Position: 1-967325-2, 1-968968-2 (secondary locking)
4 Position: 1-967325-1, 1-968968-1 (secondary locking)
4 Positions
4 size 2.5 mm
Note
See pages 35-44 for comprehensive
Circular DIN product information.
PAGE 211
Printed Circuit Board Connectors
DRC10 SERIES STRAIGHT
Materials
Housing: Glass filled PA and PPS
Grommet: Silicone rubber
Receptacle Threaded Insert:
Stainless steel/brass
Contacts: Molded-in copper alloy,
tin plated solder pot standard
(gold optional - see
modifications)
DRC10-24P*
24 size 16
Mating Plugs
24 Pin: DRC16-24S*
40 Pin: DRC16-40S
Modifications
A004: Tin plated PCB pins
AG02: Some terminals
are gold plated
DRC10-40P*
40 size 16
DRC13 SERIES 90°
Materials
Housing: Glass filled PA and PPS
Receptacle Threaded Insert:
Stainless steel/brass
Contacts: Molded-in copper alloy,
tin plated PCB pins standard (gold
optional - see modifications)
Mounting Seal: Silicone rubber
DRC13-24P*
24 size 16
Mating Plugs
24 Pin: DRC16-24S*
40 Pin: DRC18-40S*
70 Pin: DRC16-70S*
Modifications
C023: 5mm2 threaded insert
mounting holes
G002: Only outside terminal rows
are gold plated
N012: One piece connector design
DRC13-40P*
40 size 16
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DRC13-70P*
70 size 16
Printed Circuit Board Connectors
DRC20/22 SERIES STRAIGHT
Materials
Housing: Glass filled PA and PPS
Grommet: Silicone rubber
Receptacle Threaded Insert:
Stainless steel/brass
Contacts: Molded-in copper alloy,
gold plated mating side, tin plated
PCB side (size 12 contacts are tin
plated on mating and PCB sides)
Mounting Seal: Silicone rubber
DRC2*-50P*
50 size 20
Mating Plugs
50 Pin: DRC26-50S**
60 Pin: DRC26-60S**
76 Pin: (2) DRC26-38S**
DRC22
DRC20
DRC20-60P*
60 size 20
DRC20-76P****
68 size 20, 8 size 12
DRC23 SERIES 90°
Materials
Housing: Glass filled PA and PPS
Grommet: Silicone rubber
Receptacle Threaded Insert:
Stainless steel/brass
Contacts: Molded-in copper alloy,
gold plated PCB pins standard
(tin optional)
Mounting Seal: Silicone rubber
DRC2*-24**
24 size 20
Mating Plugs
24 Pin: DRC26-24S*
40 Pin: DRC26-40S*
64 Pin: DRC26-24S*, DRC26-40S*
Modifications
N010: Custom mount
N012: One piece connector design
DRC2*-64**
64 size 20
Note
See pages 99-108 for comprehensive
DRC series product information.
DRC2*-40**
40 size 20
PAGE 213
Printed Circuit Board Connectors
DT13/15 SERIES 90° OR STRAIGHT
Mating Plugs
2 Pin: DT06-2S
3 Pin: DT06-3S
4 Pin: DT06-4S
6 Pin: DT06-6S
8 Pin: DT06-08S*
12 Pin: DT06-12S*
Materials
Housing: Glass filled PA
Contacts: Molded-in copper alloy,
nickel plated mating side, tin
plated PCB side (gold plating
optional - contact your
representative)
Mounting Seal: Silicone rubber
DT1*-2P
2 size 16
Modifications
B016: Extended shell and additional
keys
G003: Gold plated pins
DT1*-4P
4 size 16
DT1*-6P
6 size 16
DT13
DT15
DT1*-08P*
8 size 16
A, B, C, D
DT1*-12P*
12 size 16
A, B, C, D
Note
Camcar thread forming screws
are recommended. See drawing.
DTF13 SERIES FLANGELESS 90°
Materials
Housing: Glass filled PA
Contacts: Molded-in copper alloy,
tin plated PCB side (gold plating
optional - contact your
representative)
Mating Plugs
2 Pin: DT06-2S
3 Pin: DT06-3S
4 Pin: DT06-4S
6 Pin: DT06-6S
12 Pin: DT06-12S*
Modifications
G003: Gold plated pins
DTF13-2P
2 size 16
DTF13-3P
3 size 16
DTF13-4P
4 size 16
DTF13-6P
6 size 16
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
DTF13-12P*
12 size 16
A, B, C, D
Printed Circuit Board Connectors
DTF15 SERIES FLANGELESS STRAIGHT
Materials
Housing: Glass filled PA
Contacts: Molded-in copper alloy,
tin plated PCB side (gold plating
optional - contact your
representative)
Mating Plugs
12 Pin: DT06-12S*
Modifications
G003: Gold plated pins
DTF15-12P*
12 size 16
A, B, C, D
helpful hint
By fixing the connectors to the board
prior to soldering, pressure can be
greatly reduced at the solder joint.
DTM13/15 SERIES 90° OR STRAIGHT
Materials
Housing: Glass filled PA
Contacts: Molded-in copper alloy,
tin plated PCB side (gold plating
optional - contact your
representative)
Mounting Seal: Silicone rubber
Mating Plugs
12 Pin: DTM06-12S*
DTM13
DTM15
DTM1*-12P*
12 size 20
A, B, C, D
Note
See pages 109-132 for comprehensive
DT Family product information.
PAGE 215
Printed Circuit Board Connectors
DTMF15 SERIES STRAIGHT
Materials
Housing: Glass filled PA
Contacts: Molded-in copper alloy,
tin plated (gold plating
optional - contact your
representative)
Mating Plugs
12 Pin: (4) DTM06-12S*
Modifications
B026: Alternate keying position
DTMF15-48P
(4) 12 size 20
DTP10/13/15 SERIES 90° OR STRAIGHT
Materials
Housing: Glass filled PA
Contacts: Molded-in copper alloy,
tin plated
Mounting Seal: Silicone rubber
Mating Plugs
4 Pin: (4) DTP06-4S
DTP13
DTP10
DTP1*-4P
4 size 12
HD10 SERIES STRAIGHT
Materials
Housing: Glass filled PA
Contacts: Molded-in copper alloy,
nickel plated
Mounting Seal: Standard
o-rings may be used
HD10-6-96P-N005
6 size 16
Mating Plugs
6 Pin: HD16-6-96S
9 Pin: HD16-9-96S
Modifications
N005: Straight reduced diameter
pins supplied as standard
HD10-9-96P-N005
9 size 16
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Printed Circuit Board Connectors
LEAVYSEAL CONNECTORS 90° OR STRAIGHT
Materials
Housing: Glass filled PBT
Contacts: CuSn, silver plated
21 Positions
21 size 2.8
Mating Plugs
21 Pin: 1-1534127-1, 1-2208688-1 (V0 rated material)
39 Pin: 5-1718321-3, 5-2208684-3 (V0 rated material)
62 Pin: 1-1418883-1 (A key), 2-1418883-1 (B key)
92 Pin: 1-703998-1 (NW 26 wire exit),
3-1703998-1 (NW 29 wire exit)
39 Positions
39 size 2.8
62 Positions
56 size 1.5
6 size 2.8
Note
See pages 63-78 for comprehensive
LEAVYSEAL product information.
92 Positions
92 size 1.5
STRIKE13/15 SERIES 90° OR STRAIGHT
Materials
Housing: Glass filled PBT
Contacts: Molded-in copper alloy,
tin plated (gold plating optionalcontact your representative)
Mating Plugs
32 Pin: SRK06-MD*-32A-001
Modifications
G003: Gold plated pins
SRK1*-MD*-32A-001-****
4 Size 16
28 Size 20
Note
See pages 161-168 for comprehensive
STRIKE series product information.
PAGE 217
Printed Circuit Board Connectors
SUPERSEAL 1.0 MM CONNECTORS 90° OR STRAIGHT
Materials
Housing: Thermoplastic
Contacts: Gold over Ni mating pins, tin-lead over
Ni - soldering pins
26 Positions
26 size 1.0 mm
Mating Plugs
26 Pin: 3-1437290-7
34 Pin: 4-1437290-0
60 Pin: (1) 3-1437290-7 (26P), (1) 4-1437290-0 (34P)
34 Positions
34 size 1.0 mm
60 Positions
60 size 1.0 mm
Note
See pages 79-84 for comprehensive
Superseal 1.0 product information.
Printed Circuit Board Enclosures and Headers
Compact circuit board enclosures that accept snap-in headers are
available. The enclosure features a through hole mounting flange
on each side, as well as optional venting. Designed with space to
accommodate one or more DT or DTM series interfaces, the headers
feature 90° pins. A radial flange seal provides environmental sealing to
the enclosure. The headers mate with the DT and DTM standard plugs.
DT SERIES ENCLOSURE WITH HEADER DIMENSIONS
A
B
C
DT Series Enclosure with Header
Overall Length
A
7.93 (201.30)
Overall Height
B
Overall Width
C
2.15 (54.63)
6.30 (160.00)
Dimensions are for reference only
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Printed Circuit Board Connectors
DT SERIES HEADER CONNECTOR
Materials
Contacts: Molded-in tin
(gold plating optional - contact
your representative)
DT13-12PA-****
12 size 16
A
Mating Plugs
12 Pin: DT06-12S*
24 Pin: (2) DT06-12S*
36 Pin: (3) DT06-12S*
DT13-24PAB-****
(2) 12 size 16
A, B
DT13-36PABC-****
(3) 12 size 16
A, B, C
Modifications
GR02: DT Series snap-in header with
gold plated pins
R015: DT Series snap-in header
DT13-48PABCD-****
(4) 12 size 16
A, B, C, D
Note
Keying position of receptacle
must match keying position
of mating plug(s).
DT SERIES PCB ENCLOSURE
Materials
Housing: Thermoplastic
Board Size
5” x 6.50”
Venting
A: With vent hole
B: Without vent hole
EEC-5X650*
PAGE 219
Printed Circuit Board Connectors
DTM SERIES ENCLOSURE WITH HEADER DIMENSIONS
A
B
C
DTM Series Enclosure with Header
Overall Length
A
Overall Height
B
Overall Width
C
5.24 (133.03)
1.42 (36.00)
4.68 (118.80)
Dimensions are for reference only
DTM SERIES HEADER CONNECTOR
Materials
Contacts: Molded-in nickel
mating side, tin plated PCB side
Mating Plugs
12 Pin: DTM06-12S*
24 Pin: (2) DTM06-12S*
Modifications
GR01: DTM Series snap-in
header with gold plated pins
DTM13-12P*-****
12 size 20
A, B, C, D
DTM13-12PA-12PB-****
(2) 12 size 20
A, B
DTM13-12PC-12PD-****
(2) 12 size 20
C, D
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Printed Circuit Board Connectors
DTM SERIES PCB ENCLOSURE
Materials
Housing: Thermoplastic
Board Size
3.25” x 4”
EEC-325X4*
Venting
A: With vent hole
B: Without vent hole
Modifications
E016: Molded in clear
Ultem® material
EEC-325X4*-E016
PAGE 221
Printed Circuit Board Connectors
NOTES:
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Contents
DTHD Series Overview.......................................... 224
DTHD Series Material Specifications............... 224
DTHD Series Dimensions...................................... 224
DTHD Series Ordering Information.................. 225
DTHD Special Modifications............................... 225
DTHD Series Accessories..................................... 226
Jiffy Splice Overview............................................. 227
Jiffy Splice Dimensions......................................... 227
Jiffy Splice How To Instructions............... 227-228
Single Terminal Solutions
Single Terminal Overview
Two different solutions are available for applications that require heavy duty single terminal connections.
DEUTSCH DTHD series connectors and Jiffy Splices provide environmentally sealed field-serviceable
connections for the full range of wire gauges covered by DEUTSCH contacts. DTHD connectors are heavy
duty power terminations for in-line and mounted applications. Jiffy Splices are lightweight in-line splices for
quick connections. Both options provide easy installation and service with standard tools and contacts.
DTHD SERIES OVERVIEW
DTHD connectors are single terminal connectors for heavy duty
applications. Easy to install, environmentally sealed and compact in
size, they are a simple, field serviceable alternative to a splice. DTHD
connectors are available in three sizes, carry 25 to 100 amps, and can
be mounted or used in-line.
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
Grommet:
Silicone rubber
Shell:
Unfilled PEI
DIMENSIONS
F
B
E
A
C
DTHD Plug
Contact Overall Length
Size
A
D
DTHD Receptacle
Overall Height
B
Overall Width
C
Overall Length
D
Overall Height
E
Overall Width
F
12
1.498 (38.05)
.771 (19.58)
.570 (14.48)
2.068 (52.53)
.850 (21.59)
.710 (18.08)
8
1.498 (38.05)
.861 (21.87)
.660 (16.76)
2.068 (52.53)
.940 (23.88)
.800 (20.32)
4
1.498 (38.05)
1.076 (27.33)
.875 (22.23)
2.068 (52.53)
1.170 (29.72)
1.045 (26.54)
Dimensions are for reference only.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Single Terminal Solutions
DTHD SERIES PART NUMBERING SYSTEM
Part Number
DTHD 06 - 1 - 4 S - ****
Series
Special Modifications
Style
Contacts
04
Receptacle
P
Pin
06
Plug
S
Socket
Single Terminal
Contact Size
4
8
12
ORDERING INFORMATION
Here are some of the common part numbers in the DTHD series. Several additional connectors may be available.
Position
1
Contact Size
Plug
Receptacle
12
DTHD06-1-12S
DTHD04-1-12P
8
DTHD06-1-8S
DTHD04-1-8P
4
DTHD06-1-4S
DTHD04-1-4P
Special Modifications
DTHD series connectors offer modifications to enhance the design flexibility and meet application specific
needs. Options include end caps and flanges.
E003 MODIFICATION
The E003 is an end cap modification. The end cap is a protective cap that is sonically
welded to the rear of the connector.
L013 & L009 MODIFICATION
The L013 and L009 are sealed flange modifications. The L013 offers outside
mounting and the L009 offers inside mounting.
L009
L013
PAGE 225
Single Terminal Solutions
Accessories
There is a full line of mounting clips available for use with the DTHD series. The mounting clips offer straight
or side mounting and several material options. The mounting clips are designed to be used on all DTHD
receptacles.
Mounting
Direction
Color/Material
Hole O.D.
inches (mm)
1027-003-1200
Straight
Stainless steel
.433 (11.0)
1027-005-1200
Straight
Stainless steel
.512 (13.0)
1027-004-1200
Straight
Steel w/
zinc plating
.512 (13.0)
1027-008-1200
Side
Steel w/
zinc plating
.433 (11.0)
1027-013-1200/
1027-017-1200
Side
Steel w/
zinc plating
.323 (8.2)
1011-026-0205
Straight
Gray
plastic
.200 (5.08)
1011-030-0205
Straight
Black
plastic
-
Straight
Black
plastic
-
Part Number
1011-310-0205*
*Connector
removeable with
50N of force
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Single Terminal Solutions
ut
LAD
D
l u si v e t
ion
xc
o
E
JIFFY SPLICE OVERVIEW
D i s t ri b
DEUTSCH Jiffy Splices are a unique, field-serviceable alternative to permanent splices. Made
from the same high quality silicone elastomer as DEUTSCH connector seals and grommets,
the Jiffy Splice body houses a contact retention system that secures a mated pair of contacts
in a compact environmentally sealed unit. Jiffy Splices are easy to install and service.
B Dia.
A
Part Number
Hole O.D.
inches (mm)
Size
A
B (min.)
Wire AWG
JS-04-00
4
3.437 (87.30)
.765 (19.43)
6
.280-.292
(7.11-7.42)
JS-12-00
12
2.500 (63.50)
.500 (12.70)
12-14
.134-.170
(3.40-4.32)
JS-16-00
16
2.465 (62.61)
.385 (9.78)
14-20
.100-.134
(2.54-3.40)
Dimensions are for reference only
Note
Jiffy Splices accept one
pin and one socket.
How To Instructions
CONTACT INSERTION
Step 1:
Grasp contact approximately
one inch behind the contact
crimp barrel.
Step 2:
Hold Jiffy Splice between
thumb and forefinger approximately one half inch behind
cavity.
Step 3:
Push contact straight into Jiffy
Splice until a positive stop is
felt. An audible “snap” will occur
when correctly mated. A light tug
will confirm it is properly seated.
PAGE 227
Single Terminal Solutions
CONTACT REMOVAL
Step 1:
Snap appropriate size removal
tool over the wire.
Step 2:
Hold Jiffy Splice between
thumb and forefinger approximately one half inch behind
cavity. Slide tool into cavity
until resistance is felt and
retaining fingers are engaged.
Do not twist or insert tool at
an angle.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Step 3:
Grip Jiffy Splice between
thumb and forefinger and
slowly pull contact wire assembly with removal tool out
of cavity.
Contents
DEUTSCH Modification List...................... 230-238
Other TE Industrial & Commercial
Transportation Products............................. 239-240
Requirements & Standards................................... 241
Glossary............................................................. 242-247
Index....................................................................248-251
Additional Resources
Modification List
The modification list is only applicable to the DEUTSCH product line and series listed. Modifications listed are
for reference only and may not be available for every arrangement.
Mod #
Series
Description
A
A004
DRC
Receptacle with molded-in PCB pins, 24 and 40 way
A006
DRC
Receptacle with molded-in PCB pins, 40 way, #40 pin removed
B009
HD10
Receptacle with raised key removed from front of flange, no rear threads
B010
HD10
Plug with coupling ring added
B016
DT, DT13/15
B019
HD30
Custom snap ring mount
B022
HD10
Receptacle with D-hole panel mount, rear threads, J1939, black
B025
HD10
Receptacle with D-hole panel mount, no rear threads, black
B026
DTMF
PCB receptacle with alternate keying, requires plugs with WM-12S-B026
wedgelocks
B028
DT15
5 P.S.I rating
B
Receptacle has extended shell and enhanced keys, plug has enhanced seal
retention (P012), 12 way
BE
BE02
DT
Receptacle with extended shell and enhanced keys (B016), end cap
BE03
DT
Receptacle with extended shell and enhanced keys (B016), end cap, black
BE04
DT
Receptacle with extended shell and enhanced keys (B016), end cap,
reduced diameter seals (E seal), black
BE05
DT
Receptacle with extended shell and enhanced keys (B016), end cap,
sealed flange, reduced diameter seals (E seal), threaded stainless steel
flange inserts
BL04
DT
Receptacle with extended shell and enhanced keys (B016), welded flange
BL08
DT
Receptacle with extended shell and enhanced
keys (B016), welded flange, black
BL
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Additional Resources
Mod #
Series
Description
BL10
DT
Receptacle with extended shell and enhanced keys (B016), sealed flange,
reduced diameter seals (E seal), shrink boot adapter, threaded stainless
steel flange inserts
BL11
DT
Receptacle with extended shell and enhanced keys (B016), sealed flange,
reduced diameter seals (E seal), end cap, threaded stainless steel
flange inserts
BP
BP03
HD10
Receptacle with D-hole panel mount, J1939 Type II, green
C003
HDN
Standard cavity marking identification
C008
DT
C012
HD30
C015
DT, DTP
C016
HD10
C017
DT, DTM, DTP
C018
HD30
Cavities blocked (11, 18, 19), N/E seal options
C019
HD30
Cavities blocked (1, 2, 8, 9), N/E seal options
C020
HD30
Cavities blocked (A, D), N/E seal options
C021
HD30
Cavities blocked (A, B, C, D)
C022
HD30
Cavities blocked (A, D, J, M), with reduced diameter seals (E seal)
C024
HD10
Cavities blocked (B, C, D)
C026
DRC
Cavities blocked, 50 way
C030
HD30, HDP20
Four size 16 cavities blocked (1, 2, 5, 6)
C038
HD30, HDP20
Three size 4, four size 16, requires special size 4 AWG contacts
C041
HDP20
C
Cavity blocked (C)
Cavities blocked (J, P)
Reduced diameter seals (E seal)
Cavities blocked (H, J) - HD10 Series 9 way
Solid rear grommet
Receptacle with diagnostic keying
CE
CE01
DT
Reduced diameter seals (E seal), end cap
CE02
DT, DTP
CE03
DT
Reduced diameter seals (E seal), end cap, black
CE04
DT
Reduced diameter seals (E seal), shrink boot adapter
Reduced diameter seals (E seal), black
PAGE 231
Additional Resources
Mod #
Series
Description
CE05
DT
Plug with reduced diameter seals (E seal), enhanced seal retention (P012),
end cap
CE06
DT
Plug with reduced diameter seals (E seal), enhanced seal retention (P012)
CE07
DT
Receptacle with extended shell and enhanced keys (B016), reduced
diameter seals (E seal), end cap
CE08
DT
Receptacle with extended shell and enhanced keys (B016), reduced
diameter seals (E seal)
CE09
DT
Reduced diameter seals (E seal), shrink boot adapter, black
CE10
DT
Plug with reduced diameter seals (E seal), enhanced seal retention (P012),
black
CE11
DT
Plug with reduced diameter seals (E seal), enhanced seal retention (P012),
end cap, black
CE12
DT
Plug with reduced diameter seals (E seal), enhanced seal retention (P012),
shrink boot adapter, black
CE13
DT
Plug with reduced diameter seals (E seal), enhanced seal retention (P012),
shrink boot adapter
CE14
DT
Plug with reduced diameter seals (E seal), enhanced seal retention (P012),
latch guard end cap, black
CE27
DT
Plug with reduced diameter seals (E seal), enhanced seal retention (P012),
for use with integrated LED wedgelock, end cap, transparent Ultem
CE28
DT
Plug with reduced diameter seals (E seal), enhanced seal retention (P012),
for use with integrated LED wedgelock, transparent Ultem
CL
CL01
HD30
Cavities blocked (J, Q, R, S, X), adapter for cable clamp (072)
CL03
DT
Reduced diameter seals (E seal), welded flange
CL07
DT
Reduced diameter seals (E seal), sealed flange, shrink boot adapter
CL08
DT
Reduced diameter seals (E seal), welded flange, end cap, disabled latch
CL09
DT
Reduced diameter seals (E seal), sealed flange, end cap, black
CL15
DT
Reduced diameter seals (E seal), welded flange, black
CL20
HDP20
Plug with diagnostic keying
CG
CG01
DRC
5mm threaded insert with silver plating, molded-in contacts, outside
rows gold
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Additional Resources
Mod #
Series
Description
CP
CP01
DT
All cavities plugged, enhanced seal retention (P012), end cap
E
E003
DT, DTHD,
DTM, DTP
End cap
E004
DT, DTM,
DTP, HD10
Black
E005
DT, DTM, DTP
E007
DTM
Shrink boot adapter
E008
DT
Shrink boot adapter
E009
DRC
24 way and 40 way receptacle, B keys, housing is gray, flange is black
E016
EEC
Standard EEC box, molded-in transparent Ultem material
E019
AEC
Backshell adapter
Black, end cap
EE
EE01
DT
Shrink boot adapter, black
EE03
DTM
Shrink boot adapter, black
EE04
DTM
High temp, black
EE05
DT
High temp, enhanced seal retention (P012) on plug, end cap, black
EF01
DT
Fluorosilicone front seals, end cap
EF02
DT
Fluorosilicone front seals, latch guard end cap
DT
Plug, 18 cavity DT with 18 size 16 contacts, enhanced seal retention (P012),
end cap, “A” key is gray, “B” key is black, “C” key is green, “D” key is brown
EP04
DT
End cap (same as E003 mod)
EP05
DT
Latch guard end cap
EF
EK
EK02
EP
PAGE 233
Additional Resources
Mod #
Series
Description
EP06
DT
Plug with enhanced seal retention (P012), end cap
EP07
DT
Plug with enhanced seal retention (P012), black
EP08
DT
Plug with enhanced seal retention (P012), end cap, black
EP09
DT
Plug with enhanced seal retention (P012), latch guard end cap, black
EP10
DT, DTM
EP11
DT
Plug with enhanced seal retention (P012), shrink boot adapter, black
EP12
DT
Bussed receptacle, 4 and 6 way only, 1 buss, black, gold plated pins
EP13
DT
Bussed receptacle, 4 and 6 way only, 1 buss, black, nickel plated pins
EP14
DT
Bussed receptacle, 6 way, 2 busses, black, nickel plated pins
EP20
DT
Plug with enhanced seal retention (P012), shrink boot adapter
120 ohm terminating resistor (J1939), black
F
F001
HDN
Inserts within connector made of Ultem
G001
DRC
Gold plated pins
G002
DRC
Outside rows of pins are gold plated and rest are tin plated
G003
DT13/15
G004
DRC
G005
DRCP
Tin plated signal pins, tin plated power pins
GC03
DRCP
Gold plated signal pins, depopulated power pins
GC05
DRCP
Tin plated signal pins, depopulated power pins
G
Gold plated pins
Interface side pins are nickel plated, PCB side pins are tin plated
GC
GR
GR01
DTM13 (EEC
headers)
Snap-in DTM PCB mounted header for DTM EEC enclosure, 12 and 24 pins,
gold plated pins
H
H001
HD30
Plated with yellow chromate conversion
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Additional Resources
Mod #
Series
Description
HL
HL01
HD30
Dust cap plated with yellow chromate conversion,
sash chain with eyelet for #10 screw
HL02
HD30
Adapter for cable clamp (-072) plated with yellow chromate conversion
J001
HD30
Reverse cavity marking identification on grommet
J059
HD30
Reverse cavity marking identification on grommet, cable clamp (-059)
J
K
K001
AEC
Molded-in shell marking, remove blue stripe, end cap
K003
DT16
Plug, 15 cavity DT with two size 12 contacts and 13 size 16 contacts,
enhanced seal retention (P012), end cap, black
K004
DT16
Plug, 18 cavity DT with 18 size 16 contacts, enhanced seal retention (P012),
end cap, black
DT16
Plug, six cavity DT with six size 16 contacts, enhanced seal retention (P012),
end cap, green
L001
HD30
Same as -059 (cable clamp)
L003
HD30
Cable clamp adapter (-072)
L005
HD30
Cable clamp adapter (-072) without drain holes
L006
HD30
-059 modification using adapter without drain holes
L009
DTHD
Sealed flange, inside mount
KP
KP01
L
L011
DRC
Wire router
L012
DT, DTP, DTM
L013
DTHD
L015
HDP20
Threaded adapter for backshell strain relief
L017
HDP20
Ring adapter for backshell strain relief
L018
DRB
L020
HD30, HD50
Welded flange
Sealed flange, outside mount
Wire router
Removes #10 eyelet from the dust cap chain
PAGE 235
Additional Resources
Mod #
Series
L024
HDP20
L072
HD30
Description
Wide threaded adapter for backshell strain relief
Adapter ring
LE
LE01
DT
Sealed flange, inside mount, gasket, end cap
LE03
DT
Sealed flange, outside mount, o-ring sold separately, end cap, NOTE:
DT04-08PA-LE03 comes with shrink boot adapter and o-ring on flange
LE05
DT
Sealed flange, inside mount, gasket, end cap
LE06
DT
Sealed flange, inside mount, reduced diameter seals (E seal), end cap
LE07
DT, DTP
LE08
DT
Welded flange, shrink boot adapter, gray
LE09
DT
Sealed flange, o-ring, end cap, black
LE10
DT
Sealed flange, inside mount, gasket, end cap, black
LE11
DT
Welded flange, end cap, black
LE12
DT
Welded flange, shrink boot adapter, black
LE13
DT
Special adapter, round housing, end cap
LE14
DT
Welded flange, black
LE17
DT
Receptacle with extended shell and enhanced keys (B016),
sealed flange, gasket sold separately, end cap, black
LE21
DT
Receptacle with extended shell and enhanced keys (B016), sealed flange,
reduced diameter seals (E seal), end cap, one piece connector design,
threaded stainless steel flange inserts
Welded flange, end cap
N
N005
HD10
Receptacle with molded-in PCB pins, modified shell
N006
DT
Receptacle with 90° molded-in contacts
N012
DRC
Receptacle, one piece connector design
P005
AEC
Special oversized seal on AEC Series plugs and dust caps
P006
DT, DTM
120 ohm terminating resistor (J1939)
P007
DT, DTM
Receptacle “Y” connector (J1939)
P
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Additional Resources
Mod #
Series
Description
Plug with enhanced seal retention, 2-6 way are black, 8 and 12 way
“A” key is gray, “B” key is black, “C” key is green, “D” key is brown
P012
DT
P013
DRC
P016
DT
P017
DRC
Stainless steel retention clip for jackscrew
P018
DTP
Receptacle with 12 AWG wires attached
P019
DRC
Zinc chromate retention clip for jackscrew
P021
DT
Bussed receptacle, 6, 8, and 12 way, one buss, nickel plated pins
P026
DT
Bussed receptacle, 8 and 12 way, two busses, nickel plated pins
P027
DT
Bussed receptacle, 12 way, two busses, gold plated pins
P028
DT
Bussed receptacle, 8 way, two busses, nickel plated pins
P030
DT
Bussed receptacle, 12 way, four busses, nickel plated pins
P031
DT
Bussed receptacle, 12 way, four busses, gold plated pins
P032
DT
Integrated shrink boot adapter (J1939), black
P060
DT
Bussed receptacle, 2 way, one buss, nickel plated pins
P064
HD30, HDP20
P075
DT
P080
HD10
Plug with bonded front seal, silicone adhesive
Bussed receptacle, 12 way, gold plated contacts
24-91 arrangement without internal jumper
Bussed receptacle, 12 way, three busses, nickel plated pins
J1939 Type II, green
PE
PE01
DT
Latch guard, 120 ohm terminating resistor (J1939)
DT
Plug with enhanced seal retention (P012), 120 ohm terminating resistor
(J1939), end cap, black
PP
PP01
R
R004
DTM13
Custom enclosure header, 90° pins
R005
DTM13
Custom flange, 90° pins
R008
DTM13
(EEC headers)
Snap-in DTM PCB mounted header for DTM EEC enclosure, 12 and 24 pins
PAGE 237
Additional Resources
Mod #
R015
Series
DT13
(EEC headers)
Description
Snap-in DT PCB mounted header for DT EEC enclosure, 12, 24, 36,
and 48 pins
RT
RT01
DT
Receptacle with MUR 460 diode
RT02
DT
Receptacle with 1N5625GP diode
RT03
DT
Receptacle with MUR 460 diode, 4 way available
RT06
DT
Receptacle with Phillips T.V.S diode 1.5KE130CA, green
RT25
DT
Receptacle with 27k ohm resistor, black
#’s
059
HD30
Addition of threaded adapter and cable clamp assembly
072
HD30
Addition of threaded adapter
1E
HD30
Removes rivet and chain from protective dust cap
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Additional Resources
We go to extremes to make every connection count
TE Industrial & Commercial Transportation has a product series for every harsh environment. Our timetested, high vibration resistant products and technologies provide the right solution for your applications and
requirements. In addition to our terminals and connectors, our product portfolio extends to offer sensors,
cylinder head wiring, hybrid & electric mobility solutions, relays, and lighting.
SENSORS
TE’s broad portfolio of sensor technologies is designed for a wide
range of applications. TE’s sensors perform under the extreme
temperature, vibration, shock, durability and performance profiles
required by heavy duty on- and off-highway vehicles. Sensors for engine
management, aftertreatment systems, transmissions, vehicle control
and management, and cabin and occupant safety are available.
CYLINDER HEAD WIRING
TE offers a full-range of cable products and pass-through connectors
for cylinder head wiring that deliver highly integrated systems
in harsh environment applications. TE’s cylinder head wiring
solutions are suitable for heavy duty diesel motors, common rail
engines, pump nozzle engines, harness sytem undervalve cover
for injector, and sensor to cylinder head exit connections.
HYBRID & ELECTRIC MOBILITY SOLUTIONS
TE has combined experience in the transportation and high-voltage
industries to create safe, reliable, efficient solutions for hybrid and
electric vehicles. Our solutions include AK 4.3.3, LV215-1 compliant
connections and headers for electric vehicles. Also, by utilizing an
integrated internal HVIL that optimizes package size and plug and header
selections, multiple wire harness assembly routing options are created.
PAGE 239
Additional Resources
RELAYS
TE Connectivity’s 24V relay product line includes a broad range of
robust and versatile relays for many diverse applications within trucks,
buses, tractors, construction equipment, and other heavy duty vehicles.
With increased contact gaps and other key design features, these
relays are designed for use in challenging environments where they
may regularly encounter extended periods of shock and vibration.
LIGHTING
Lighting helps to better define space perception and functionality,
which increases vehicle safety and human machine interface (HMI).
TE offers high-performance, customized solutions for interior and
exterior vehicle lighting.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Additional Resources
Requirements & Standards
IMDS
The International Material Data System (IMDS) is a
collective, computer-based material data system
developed as a collaborative effort by large automotive OEMs to manage environmentally relevant aspects of parts used in vehicles. It has been adopted
as the global standard for reporting material content
in the automotive industry. TE Connectivity recognizes IMDS and will work with customers that use the
system.
IP Rating
The IP Rating system is a way of classifying the degree of protection provided against the intrusion of
solid objects, dust, and water in electrical enclosures.
The 6 in IP 67 means that the connectors have to be
completely sealed from fine dust. The 7 in IP 67
means that the connector needs to be protected
from the effects of a one meter submersion.
AMPSEAL, AMPSEAL 16, HDSCS, and LEAVYSEAL
connectors are IP 67 rated. DEUTSCH connectors
are rated IP 68. The 8 in IP 68 means that the connector needs to be protected from the effects of
immersion in water under pressure for long periods.
IP6K9K
IP6K9K is similar to the standard IP Ratings, but
is commonly referred to as a pressure washing
specification. The letter K is used after the numbers
to denote special testing. The 6K means the connectors need to be completely sealed from fine dust.
The 9K means the connector needs to be protected from the penetrating effects of water used for
high pressure/steam jet cleaning purposes. Several
DEUTSCH connectors in the DT, DTM, DRC, and DRB
series have been through independent lab testing
and pass IP6K9K, as well as AMPSEAL connectors.
HDSCS and LEAVYSEAL connectors used with the
appropriate accessories meet the IP6K9K standard.
J1939/11, J1939/13, and J1939/15
See CAN section.
J2030
J2030 is an SAE standard for connectors between
two cables or between a cable and an electrical
component. The standard primarily focuses on
the connectors used to mate to the electrical
component. J2030 also provides environmental
test and acceptance criteria for connectors
used in DC electrical systems of 50 V or less in
heavy duty applications typically used in offhighway equipment. Severe applications may
require more rigid test levels, or field-testing
on the intended application. AMPSEAL 16
connectors meet the SAE J2030 standard.
RoHS
The Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS)
in electrical and electronic equipment is a European directive. The directive restricts the use
of lead, mercury, cadmium, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls, and polybrominated diphenyl ether in new electrical and
electronic components. To verify individual
product compliance, please visit http://www.
te.com/commerce/alt/product-compliance.do.
UL Recognized
A UL Recognized Component is one that is
to be installed within a larger assembly by a
manufacturer, and this larger assembly is then
expected to be tested by UL to become UL
LISTED. AMPSEAL, AMPSEAL 16, and many
DEUTSCH connectors are UL Recognized
Components. DEUTSCH connectors that are UL
Recognized Components include the AEC, DRC,
DT, DTM, DTP, HD10, and HDP20 series. Not every
variation and/or modification within a DEUTSCH
series may be UL Recognized Components.
AMPSEAL connectors are UL 94 V0 rated.
LEAVYSEAL and HDSCS products constructed
with a UL 94 V0 rated material are available.
For additional information, visit www.ul.com.
PAGE 241
Glossary
AWG (American Wire Gauge): Standardized
system of wire diameter measurement. Commonly
referred to as wire gauge. (Reference: National
Bureau of Standards, Copper Wire Table [Handbook
100] AVS.)
Adapter: Device attached to a connector to allow
connection to a second device that it would not
otherwise be able to attach.
Ambient Temperature: The temperature of a
medium (gas or liquid) surrounding an object.
Ampere (amp): The unit of current. One ampere
is the current flowing through one ohm of
resistance at one volt potential.
ARC Resistance: Time required for an electrical
current to render the surface of a material conductive due to carbonization by the arc flame. Or, the
time required for an arc to establish a conductive
path in a material.
Breakaway: Connector with a slotted coupling ring.
Coupling ring is intended to fragment and allow
connectors to separate without damage to the
implement in the event of an unintended pull-away.
Boot: Attachment for the back of a connector.
Boots are typically flexible, made from plastic or
plastisol, and may provide wire strain relief, environmental protection, and/or improved aesthetics.
Bulkhead: Dividing wall or partition. Bulkhead
connectors are designed to be mounted to a
dividing wall through a cutout.
Buss (also bussbar, bus or busbar): A thin
conductive strip connecting multiple contacts
within the body of a connector. Used to distribute
electrical current to the branches of a circuit.
Cable Clamp: An attachment to provide support
and strain relief to the wire bundle where it exits
the connector.
Applicator: Tooling used in automatic machines
to crimp stamped & formed contacts.
Cavity: Hole in the connector grommet and
housing, into which the contact must fit.
Backshell: A secondary attachment for the rear of
a connector to provide strain relief, environmental
protection, and/or improved aesthetics.
Cold Heading: Process by which contacts are
formed from individual pieces of metal using
dies and punches.
Barrel: (1) Conductor Barrel: the section of the
terminal, splice, or contact that accommodates the
stripped wire. (2) Insulation Barrel: the section of
the terminal, splice, or contact that accommodates
the unstripped wire.
Compression Nut: Secondary backshell assembly.
Threads onto rear of backshell to compact the wire
bundle and provide additional support.
Barrel Chamfer: Beveled entry at mating end of the
socket contact. Reduces contact mating force for
easier connector mating.
Blocked Cavities: Unused holes or contact positions in a connector which have been filled with
sealing plugs or made inaccessible by
modification to the rear grommet.
Conductivity: The capability of a material to carry
an electrical current.
Conductor: Any material capable of carrying an
electrical charge easily. The most common materials for wire and cable applications are aluminum
and copper (bare or coated).
Connector Position Assurance (CPA): A locking
mechanism on the connector that prevents the
mated connectors from accidental unmating.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Glossary
Contact: Conductive device crimped or soldered onto
the end of conductor wire to allow the transfer of
electricity or data to a second conductor. Contacts
are most frequently used in multiples in connectors.
Also commonly referred to as terminals, pins and/or
sockets.
Contact, Crimp: Wire termination engineered to be
permanently applied to conductor wire end with pressure. Does not use solder or heat.
Contact, Insertable/Removable: Wire termination
that can be mechanically joined to or removed from
the connector body.
Contact, Pin: Wire termination with solid mating end.
Provides connection by insertion into a female or
socket contact. Also referred to as male contact.
Contact, Receptacle: Wire termination with hollow
mating end into which the pin or male terminal is inserted. Also referred to as a female contact.
Contact, Socket: Wire termination with hollow mating
end into which the pin or male terminal is inserted.
Also referred to as a female contact.
Contact, Solder: Wire termination joined to the wire
conductor with a metal joining compound. Contacts
intended for solder will typically have a cup, hollow-cylinder eyelet or hook to accept a conductor and
retain the applied solder.
Contact Area: The area where two conductors, a wire
termination and a conductor, or two wire terminations
touch, permitting the flow of electricity.
Contact Arrangement: The number, spacing, and organization of cavities in a connector.
Contact Rating: The maximum recommended amperage to be passed through a wire terminal.
Contact Resistance: The measurement of opposition
to electrical flow through a pair of mated wire terminations. Resistance may be measured in ohms or in
millivolt drop at a specified current over the mated
terminals.
Contact Retention: The axial load in either direction
that a terminal can withstand without being dislodged
from its correct position in the connector.
Contact Shoulder: A small flange or collar on a terminal that limits the contact’s travel into or removal from
the connector.
Contact Size: Overall size of barrel determined by size
of wire it will accept.
Controller Area Network (CAN): Multiplex data systems. Multiplexing allows multiple data signals to travel on the same wires, integrating separate electronic
systems and applications to a single point control
and monitoring system. SAE J1939/11, J1939/13, and
J1939/15 are specific types of controller area networks.
Corrosion Resistance: The ability of a substance to
withstand corrosion.
Coupling Ring: Attached cylindrical ring used to lock
mated connectors together.
Crimping: To mechanically secure a terminal or splice
to a conductor by use of pressure.
Crimping Die: The part of a crimping tool that physically compresses the contact barrel and shapes the
crimp.
Crimp Tool: Implement that permanently attaches a
contact to a wire using pressure.
Current (I): The rate of transfer of electricity usually
expressed in amperes.
Current Rating: The maximum continuous electrical
flow of a current recommended for a given wire situation. Expressed in amperes.
Dielectric Strength: The voltage which an insulating
material can withstand before breakdown occurs,
usually expressed as a voltage gradient (such as volts/
mil).
PAGE 243
Glossary
Dielectric Test: A test in which a voltage higher than
the rated voltage is applied for a specific time to determine the adequacy of the insulation under normal
conditions.
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: The amount of leakage current that flows through the insulation.
Diode: Electronic component that allows electrical
flow in one direction only.
Direct Current: An electrical current that flows in one
direction only.
Dust Cover: Cap used to protect and conceal the interface of an unmated connector.
“E” Seal: Reduced diameter insert cavity in the rear
grommet. Creates a proper seal with smaller than
standard wire or insulation. Also referred to as extra
thin or European seal. “E” seals are smaller than “N”
and “T” seals.
End Cap: A protective cover integral to, or sonically
welded onto the rear of a connector.
Engaging and Separating Force: Measured pull required to mate or unmate contacts or connectors.
Enhanced Key: Additional indexing or polarization to
help prevent mis-mating.
Enhanced Seal Retention: Modification to the plug,
front seal, and wedgelock to help prevent the seal
from separating from the connector during unmating.
Environmentally Sealed: Maintains functionality when
exposed to environmental elements.
Extraction Tool: An implement for removing contacts
from a connector.
Flange: A flat, perpendicular extension of the connector body. Flanges are used for mounting and are
typically found on receptacles.
Flange Seal: Elastomeric silicone seal used between
flange and mounting surface to prevent leakage
around the mounting cutout.
Front Seal: Elastomeric silicone seal or o-ring on the
mating face of a connector. The front seal is also referred to as an interfacial seal and is usually found on
the plug.
Grommet: Rubber or elastomeric seal. On connectors
the grommet is on the rear or cable end of the connector and has the cavities through which the contact
is inserted into the connector body.
Ground: A conducting connection between an electrical circuit and the earth or other large conducting
body to serve as an earth thus making a complete
electrical circuit.
Header: Flanged connector designed for wire to printed circuit board applications.
Heat Seal: In cabling, a method of sealing a tape wrap
jacket by means of thermal fusion.
Heat Shrink: Type of tubing that shrinks to form a
tight bond when heated.
Indenter: The part of a crimp tool or die that compresses the contact barrel onto the conductor.
In-line: Connectors that are not intended for use in
mounted or PCB applications.
Insertion Tool: A device used to guide contacts into
proper position within a connector.
Inspection Hole: An opening in a barrel contact to
allow visual inspection of the conductor to verify that
it has been inserted to the right depth.
Insulation Resistance: The measure of resistance offered by insulation material to the flow of current.
Insulation: A material having high resistance to the
flow of electric current.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Glossary
Insulation Crimp: (1) The physical deformation of the
insulation sleeve covering a terminal or splice and
the adjacent conductor insulation to hold the sleeve
in place; (2) Shape combination of insulation sleeve
to terminal or splice and conductor insulation after
crimping.
Insulation Resistance: That property of an insulating
material which resists electrical current flow through
the insulating material when a potential difference is
applied.
Millimeters Squared or mm2: Unit of measure for European Wire Size Standards (ref. DIN 72551-6 and ISO
6722-3).
Moisture Resistance: Amount of water (in any form)
that a properly wired and mated connection will withstand without loss of electronic qualities or leakage.
Mounting Bracket: A rectangular metal device used to
attach or mount connectors in an application.
Insulation Support: The portion of the contact barrel
enclosing but not crimped to the conductor insulation.
Mounting Clip: A plastic or metal piece that attaches
to a non-flanged connector to allow surface mounting.
Interface: The surfaces of a mating pair of connectors
that face each other when connected.
“N” Seal: Normal wire seal diameter.
Interfacial Seal: A seal at the mating edge of the connector to prevent ingress of moisture or contaminants
when a connector is properly mated.
Internal Seal: Waterproof form, typically made of
silicone elastomer, that is inside the body of the connector. Provides moisture and fluid resistance when
connectors are properly mated.
IP Rating: A way of classifying the degree of protection provided against the intrusion of solid objects,
dust, and water in electrical enclosures.
Jacket: An outer nonmetallic protective covering applied over an insulated wire or cable.
Key: Unique pattern of corresponding notches and
projections on a set of mating connectors. The projections are intended to match the notches and prevent
mis-mating.
Keying Pin: Solid plastic rod designed to be inserted
into an empty socket cavity to help prevent mis-mating.
Locator: A device in a crimp tool to help provide
proper contact position during crimping.
Neoprene: Thermosetting material, chemically known
as polychloroprene, with excellent flame retarding and
abrasion resisting qualities.
Nest: The part of a crimping die that supports the
barrel during crimping.
Newton (N): A unit of force which is based on the
metric system. It is the force that produces an acceleration of 1 meter per second per second when exerted
on a mass of 1 kilogram.
O-ring: Circular seal found around the inside diameter
of a receptacle: typically made from elastomeric or
silicone material. Provides an environmental seal.
Oxidation: The process of uniting a compound with
oxygen, usually resulting in an unwanted surface degradation of the material or compound.
Panel Nut: A hexagonal threaded plastic or metal
ring. Along with a lockwasher, a panel nut is used for
mounting.
Partial Strip: A quantity less than a standard full reel
of stamped & formed contacts.
PCB (Printed Circuit Board) Mount: Connectors designed for wire to printed circuit board applications.
Lockwasher: Thin metal ring used between the panel
nut and mounting surface to create spring force to
confirm a tight fitting mount.
PAGE 245
Glossary
Peak Voltage: The maximum instantaneous voltage.
Retaining Bolt: Screw used to draw and hold mating
connectors together.
Pin Housing (Cap): One half of a mated pair of connectors. AMPSEAL 16 pin housings mate with a receptacle contact housing (plug) and house pin contacts.
Retaining Sleeve: Lining sheath that fits into receptacle body to maintain internal seal and provide keying.
Plating: Thin overlay coating of metal on contacts or
components. Can be used to improve conductivity,
provide for easy soldering, and prevent corrosion.
Reverse Arrangement: Non-standard cavity/contact
assignment (eg. Plug connectors that require pin contacts, and receptacles that require socket contacts).
Plug: One half of a mated pair of connectors. Plugs
typically have the locking mechanism for the mated pair, usually house the sockets, and mate with a
receptacle.
Ring Adapter (HDP20): Cylindrical rim or collar attached to the rear of a connector to allow the attachment of backshells or strain relief.
Pre-Tinned: Solder applied to the contact and/or conductor prior to soldering.
Primary Latch Reinforcement (PLR): Locking mechanism that snaps into place on the mating face of a
connector after the connector is populated. A PLR
holds contacts in correct alignment for mating and
prevents them from being removed.
Pull-Out Force: Measured energy required to separate
a conductor from a contact, or a contact from a termination assembly.
Ratchet Control: A crimping device that helps provide
a full crimping cycle by allowing motion in only one
direction until contact is fully crimped.
Receptacle: One half of a mated pair of connectors.
Receptacles mate with a plug and usually house pins.
Receptacle Housing (Plug): One half of a mated pair
of connectors. AMPSEAL and AMPSEAL 16 plugs typically have the locking mechanism for the mated pair,
house the receptacle contacts, and mate with a pin
housing (cap) or header.
Reduced Diameter Seal: Smaller than standard holes
in the connector grommet.
Removal Tool: Device to disengage contacts from
connector body.
Sealed Flange: A flange that is molded or tooled as
an integral part of the connector body to help prevent
leakage at the mounting site.
Sealing Plug: A non-conductive dummy pin inserted
to fill an open cavity in a connector. Sealing plugs are
required to maintain the integrity of the environmental seal.
Seamless Terminal or Splice: Terminal or splice
conductor barrel made from a single piece of metal,
finished without lines or grooves that would typically
appear where metal is joined to metal.
Secondary Lock: Device inserted into or onto the
connector interface to position and hold contacts in
correct alignment. Secondary locks are called wedgelocks or terminal position assurance.
Self-Extinguishing: The characteristic of a material
whose flame is extinguished after the igniting flame is
removed.
Selective Plating: Application of a thin coating of a
finish metal to specific parts of a contact, but not to
others. If selective plating is used, plating is typically
applied to the mating surface to provide better conductivity and reduce wear and corrosion.
Shells: Outside case into which the insert and contacts are assembled. Shells of mating connectors usually also provide proper alignment and protection of
projecting contacts. Also known as housing or body.
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Glossary
Shield: A metallic layer, commonly aluminum or copper, of tape, braid or spiral wrapped wire construction.
Its primary purpose is to prevent electrostatic or electromagnetic interference between adjacent wires and
external sources.
Shielded Cable: A cable in which the insulated conductor or conductors is/are enclosed in a conducting
envelope or envelopes. Constructed so that essentially every point on the surface of the insulation is at
ground potential or at some predetermined potential
with respect to ground.
Shrink Boot Adapter: Thermoplastic rear adapter designed to provide a lip for heat shrink to form around
to attach it securely to a connector.
Signal: An electric current used to convey information
either digital, analog, audio or video.
Sleeving: A braided, knitted or woven tube.
Swedge: A cold-forging process to press-fit or force
two metal forms into one.
“T” Seal: Reduced diameter insert cavity in the rear
grommet. Also referred to as thin seal, a “T” seal
allows for the use of smaller wire or thinner insulation diameter. A “T” seal is larger than an “E” seal and
smaller than an “N” seal.
Temperature Coefficient of Resistivity: The change in
resistance per degree of change in temperature.
Terminal: A device designed to attach to the end of a
conductor wire to allow it to connect to another conductor wire and allow electrical current to pass between them. Also commonly referred to as a contact.
UL Recognized Component: One that is to be
installed within a larger assembly by a manufacturer,
and this larger assembly is then expected to be tested
by UL to become UL Listed.
Splice: A connection of two or more conductors or
cables to provide good mechanical strength as well as
good conductivity.
Socket Contact Sleeve: A cylindrical, protective encasement for the contact fingers or a contact spring.
The socket contact sleeve holds the inner mechanism
of the contact in place and provides a smooth exterior
surface.
Solderless Connection: Joint between two metals
created by pressure without the use of metallic alloy
compounds or heat.
Solid Contact: Closed barrel terminal manufactured
using a cold heading process.
Stamped & Formed Contact: Open barrel terminal
manufactured using a precision stamping process.
Strain Relief: Hard plastic or metal device that attaches to the rear of a connector to provide wire support.
Strand: A single filament of uninsulated wire.
Strip: To remove insulation from a conductor.
PAGE 247
Index
Topic Page
Topic Page
A
Crimp sleeve reducer........................................................... 177
Adapters
072 adapter........................................................................... 154
L015 conduit adapter........................................................ 156
L015 threaded adapter...................................................... 153
L017 ring adapter................................................................ 153
L024 wide threaded adapter......................................... 153
Shrink boot adapter...........................................................120
Adapters, mounting
LEAVYSEAL............................................................................ 70
AEC series.......................................................................... 85–90
AMPSEAL.............................................................................. 11–20
AMPSEAL 16 hybrid lever....................................................27
D
B
Backshells. See also Wire cover, Wire relief
Circular DIN.............................................................................39
DRC series.............................................................................106
DTM series............................................................................. 126
DT series.........................................................................124–125
HD10 series............................................................................ 139
HD30/HDP20 series...................................................156–157
HDSCS........................................................................................51
LEAVYSEAL.............................................................................69
STRIKE series........................................................................ 165
Boots
AEC series................................................................................89
DRB series................................................................................97
DRC series............................................................................. 107
DT/DTM/DTP series.................................................... 122–123
HD10 series............................................................................140
HD30/HDP20 series........................................................... 154
Breakaway connector
HD30 series.................................................................. 153, 196
Bussing Options............................................................. 191–194
C
CAN (Controller Area Network)...........................195–200
Contacts
1.0 mm.......................................................................................83
1.3 mm...................................................................................15–16
2.5 mm................................................................................ 39–41
AMP MCP..........................................................................53–55
DEUTSCH...................................................................... 169–180
HDSF 16............................................................................. 29–30
Coupling rings
HD10 series............................................................................ 138
Covers
Circular DIN.............................................................................38
Crimp
General.................................................................................... 175
Inspection.............................................................................. 176
D hole punch........................................................................... 159
Dimensions
AEC series................................................................................87
AMPSEAL..................................................................................13
AMPSEAL 16............................................................................23
Bussed feedback receptacles........................................ 193
Circular DIN.............................................................................37
Diodes & Resistors................................................... 208-208
DRB series................................................................................93
DRC series..............................................................................101
DT/DTM series....................................................................... 112
DTP series............................................................................... 113
DTHD series.......................................................................... 224
DTMH series.......................................................................... 129
DTV series............................................................................... 131
EEC enclosures.......................................................... 218, 220
HD10 series............................................................................ 135
HD30/HDP20 series........................................................... 147
HDSCS.......................................................................................47
Jiffy Splices.......................................................................... 227
LEAVYSEAL.............................................................................65
STRIKE series........................................................................ 163
Superseal 1.0............................................................................81
Diodes & Resistors..................................................... 205-208
DRB series........................................................................... 91–98
DRC series........................................................................ 99–108
DT/DTM/DTP series..................................................... 109–128
DTHD series...................................................................224–226
DTMH series............................................................................. 129
DTV series................................................................................. 131
Dust caps. See also Covers, Protection caps/covers
AEC series................................................................................89
DT/DTM series...............................................................131–132
HD10 series............................................................................. 141
HD30/HDP20 series........................................................... 155
E
EEC enclosures...............................................................218–221
End caps
DT Series................................................................................. 119
“E” seal
DT Series................................................................................. 119
Extraction tool. See also Removal tools
Circular DIN............................................................................ 44
F
Fixing slides
HDSCS.......................................................................................52
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Index
Topic Page
Topic Page
Flange modifications
DTHD series.......................................................................... 225
DT series.................................................................................120
K
Flanges
DRB series............................................................................... 96
G
Gaskets
DRC series............................................................................. 107
DT/DTM/DTP series............................................................. 121
HD10 series............................................................................. 141
HD30/HDP20 series........................................................... 157
H
HD10 series..................................................................... 133–144
HD30/HDP20 series.................................................... 145–160
I
Insert/removal tools
AMPSEAL 16............................................................................32
Circular DIN............................................................................ 44
DEUTSCH............................................................................... 187
HDSCS...................................................................................... 60
Instructions (How To)
AEC series................................................................................89
AMPSEAL............................................................................18–19
AMPSEAL 16............................................................................33
Crimp sleeve reducer.........................................................180
DRB series.........................................................................97–98
DRC series............................................................................. 107
DT Family............................................................................... 132
DTT style hand tools.......................................................... 189
HD10 series............................................................................ 143
HD30/HDP20 series.................................................. 159–160
HDSCS................................................................................ 60–61
HDT-48-00 hand tool........................................................ 188
Jiffy Splice................................................................... 227–228
LEAVYSEAL.............................................................................78
Sealing plugs........................................................................ 179
STRIKE series................................................................166–167
Wire stripping....................................................................... 188
ISO box...................................................................................... 196
J
J1939
J1939/11.......................................................................... 198–199
J1939/13........................................................................200–201
J1939/15....................................................................... 202–203
Jiffy Splices.................................................................... 227–228
Keying pins.............................................................................. 177
L
Lanyards
HD10 series............................................................................ 142
Locking slides
LEAVYSEAL............................................................................ 70
Lockwashers
HD30/HDP20 Series.......................................................... 157
M
Material specifications
AEC series................................................................................86
AMPSEAL..................................................................................13
Circular DIN.............................................................................36
DRB series................................................................................92
DRC series............................................................................ 100
DT Family................................................................................. 111
DTHD series.......................................................................... 224
HD10 series............................................................................ 134
HD30/HDP20 series........................................................... 147
HDSCS.......................................................................................47
LEAVYSEAL............................................................................ 64
STRIKE series........................................................................ 162
Superseal 1.0.......................................................................... 80
Modifications
Descriptions............................................................... 230–238
059������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 154
072�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 154
B010......................................................................................... 138
B016........................................................................................... 118
BL04........................................................................................120
BL08.........................................................................................120
BL10..........................................................................................120
BP03........................................................................................ 138
C015........................................................................................... 119
C030........................................................................................ 153
C041......................................................................................... 154
CE27.......................................................................................... 119
CE28.......................................................................................... 119
CL03.........................................................................................120
CL07.........................................................................................120
CL09........................................................................................120
CL20......................................................................................... 154
Detector................................................................................... 119
E003................................................................................119, 225
E004............................................................................... 120, 138
E005........................................................................................120
E007.........................................................................................120
E008........................................................................................120
EP13..........................................................................................194
EP14..........................................................................................194
L006........................................................................................ 154
PAGE 249
Index
Topic Page
Topic Page
L009....................................................................................... 225
L012..........................................................................................120
L013......................................................................................... 225
L015.......................................................................................... 153
L017.......................................................................................... 153
L024......................................................................................... 153
LE01..........................................................................................120
LE05.........................................................................................120
LE06.........................................................................................120
LE07.........................................................................................120
LE08.........................................................................................120
LE09.........................................................................................120
LE10..........................................................................................120
LE11...........................................................................................120
LE12..........................................................................................120
LE14..........................................................................................120
LE17..........................................................................................120
LE21..........................................................................................120
N005........................................................................................ 138
P012........................................................................................... 119
P016..........................................................................................194
P021..........................................................................................194
P026.........................................................................................194
P027.........................................................................................194
P028.........................................................................................194
P030........................................................................................194
P031..........................................................................................194
P060........................................................................................194
P064........................................................................................149
P075.........................................................................................194
P080........................................................................................ 138
Mounting clips. See also Fixing slides, Locking slides
AMPSEAL 16............................................................................26
DT/DTM/DTP series............................................................ 127
DTHD series.......................................................................... 226
Mounting ring
Circular DIN.............................................................................39
DRC series............................................................................ 100
DT Family................................................................................. 111
HD10 series............................................................................ 134
HD30/HDP20 series...........................................................146
HDSCS...................................................................................... 46
HDSF 16.....................................................................................29
LEAVYSEAL............................................................................ 64
STRIKE series........................................................................ 162
Superseal 1.0.......................................................................... 80
Primary latch reinforcement (PLR)..................................24
Protection caps/covers
HDSCS.......................................................................................52
LEAVYSEAL..............................................................................71
P
Panel nut
HD30/HDP20 series........................................................... 158
PCB pins.................................................................................... 174
PCB (Printed Circuit Board).................................. 209–222
Performance specifications
1.0 mm contacts.....................................................................83
1.3 mm contacts......................................................................15
2.5 mm contacts....................................................................39
AEC series................................................................................86
AMP MCP contacts.........................................................53, 71
AMPSEAL..................................................................................12
AMPSEAL 16............................................................................22
Circular DIN.............................................................................36
DEUTSCH contacts............................................................. 171
DRB series................................................................................92
S
Sealing plugs
AMPSEAL..................................................................................16
AMPSEAL 16.............................................................................31
Circular DIN.............................................................................42
DEUTSCH............................................................................... 178
HDSCS................................................................................56, 74
Superseal 1.0...........................................................................83
Shrink boot adapter
DT/DTM series......................................................................120
Standards.................................................................................. 241
Strain relief
DT series................................................................................. 124
HD10 series............................................................................140
HD30/HDP20 series...................................................155–156
Superseal 1.0..................................................................... 79–84
T
Tooling
Automated crimp tools
AMPSEAL...............................................................................17
AMPSEAL 16.........................................................................32
Circular DIN..................................................................43–44
DEUTSCH................................................................... 182–184
HDSCS.............................................................. 58–59, 76–77
Superseal 1.0....................................................................... 84
DEUTSCH....................................................................... 181–190
Hand crimp tools
AMPSEAL...............................................................................17
AMPSEAL 16..........................................................................31
Circular DIN..........................................................................42
DEUTSCH....................................................................185–186
HDSCS.............................................................................57, 75
Superseal 1.0....................................................................... 84
Removal tools
AMPSEAL 16.........................................................................32
Circular DIN......................................................................... 44
DEUTSCH............................................................................ 187
HDSCS................................................................................... 60
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
Index
Topic Page
Topic Page
Tooling accessories..................................................... 183, 186
W
Wedgelocks
DRB series............................................................................... 96
DT/DTM/DTP series............................................................. 117
DTV series............................................................................... 131
Wire cover
AMPSEAL 16............................................................................28
Wire relief
AMPSEAL..................................................................................15
Wire router
DRC series.............................................................................106
Wire sealing ranges
AEC series................................................................................88
AMPSEAL..................................................................................15
AMPSEAL 16............................................................................25
DRB series................................................................................95
DRC series.............................................................................105
DT Family................................................................................ 116
HD10 series............................................................................ 137
HD30/HDP20 series........................................................... 152
STRIKE series........................................................................ 165
Wire seals
Circular DIN.............................................................................42
HDSCS.......................................................................................56
LEAVYSEAL.............................................................................74
PAGE 251
NOTES:
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
LET’S CONNECT
We make it easy to connect with our experts and are ready to
provide all the support you need. For additional information or
product assistance, please contact your field representative or
our customer service department. Additional information is also
available on the website http://www.te.com/usa-en/industries/
truck-bus-off-road-vehicles.html.
TECHNICAL SUPPORT
te.com/support-center
Asia:
+86 400-820-6015
Europe, Middle East, & Africa:
+49 6251-133-0
North America:
+1-888-441-9982
te.com
TE Connectivity, TE connectivity (logo), LADD, EVERY CONNECTION COUNTS, AMP, AMP MCP, AMPSEAL,
AMPSEAL 16, CERTI-CRIMP, CERTI-LOK, DETECTOR, DEUTSCH, ERGOCRIMP, LEAVYSEAL, PRO-CRIMPER,
and STRIKE, are trademarks.
USCAR is a trademark.
All other logos, products and/or company names referred to herein might be trademarks of their respective owners.
The information given herein, including drawings, illustrations and schematics which are intended for illustration
purposes only, is believed to be reliable. However, TE Connectivity makes no warranties as to its accuracy or
completeness and disclaims any liability in connection with its use. TE Connectivity‘s obligations shall only be
as set forth in TE Connectivity‘s Standard Terms and Conditions of Sale for this product and in no case will TE
Connectivity be liable for any incidental, indirect or consequential damages arising out of the sale, resale, use
or misuse of the product. Users of TE Connectivity products should make their own evaluation to determine the
suitability of each such product for the specific application.
© 2015 TE Connectivity Ltd. family of companies All Rights Reserved.
TS-ICT-T&CCAT 08/15 Original
INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL TRANSPORTATION /// TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS
TE Connectivity
4849 Hempstead Station Drive
Kettering, OH 45429
USA
Tel: +1-888-441-9982
Fax: +1-937-312-9731
www.te.com
工商网监
湘ICP备2023018690号
